1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20168 57844))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20176 51947))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20033 22846))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20179 28130))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
339 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
395 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20182 4358))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
449 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
560 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil
(quote macro
))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20178 7273))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20164 60780))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20164 60780))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20161 45793))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1103 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20165
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20172
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20089 47591))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20163 39903))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20127 62865))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20173 35732))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20168 57844))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1799 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19981 40664))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1853 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20174 10230))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1900 Special information:
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20178 7273))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2119 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20168 57844))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2385 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2388 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2389 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2390 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2392 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2393 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2394 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2395 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2398 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2399 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2402 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2407 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2408 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2409 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2417 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2418 new tab in an existing window instead.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2428 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2431 When called interactively, if variable
2432 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2433 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2434 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2435 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2438 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2439 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2442 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2445 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2446 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2448 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2449 URL in a new window.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2456 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2488 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2492 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2493 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2505 program is invoked according to the variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2514 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2523 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2524 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2526 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2527 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2528 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2529 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2532 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2542 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2551 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2552 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2558 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2559 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2560 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2561 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2573 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2574 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2582 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2583 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2584 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2585 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2588 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2589 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2590 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2600 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2601 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2602 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2603 don't offer a form of remote control.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around the point.
2617 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2618 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2620 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2621 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20165
2629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2631 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2632 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2636 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2637 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2643 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2644 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20161 45793))
2645 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2648 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2655 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2656 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2657 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2661 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2662 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2666 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2667 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2669 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2670 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2671 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2672 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2674 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2675 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2676 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2677 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2678 name of buffer configuration.
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20166 16092))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2687 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2689 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2690 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2691 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2692 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2693 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2694 columns on its right towards the left.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2697 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2706 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20127 62865))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2709 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2719 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2720 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2727 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2728 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2729 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2730 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20178 7273))
2731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2732 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2733 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2736 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2741 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2748 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2749 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2750 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2751 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2752 else the global value will be modified.
2754 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2762 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2763 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2764 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2765 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2767 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2768 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2769 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2770 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2771 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2774 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2775 that already has a `.elc' file.
2777 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2778 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2780 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2782 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2783 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2784 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2785 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2787 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2789 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2790 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2791 Print the result in the echo area.
2792 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2797 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2798 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2800 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2802 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2803 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2804 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2805 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2806 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2807 all functions called by those functions.
2809 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2810 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2813 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2814 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2815 invoked interactively.
2817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2820 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2821 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2822 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2828 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2829 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2830 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2831 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2832 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2835 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2837 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2838 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2839 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2840 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2842 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2843 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2844 and corresponding effects.
2846 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2854 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2863 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2867 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2872 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2875 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2876 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2877 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2878 from the cursor position.
2880 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2882 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2887 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2888 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20172
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2891 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2893 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2899 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2901 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2904 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2913 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2914 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2915 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2916 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2918 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 This is most useful in the X window system.
2923 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2924 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2926 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2929 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2930 See calc-keypad for details.
2932 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2935 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2940 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2942 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2945 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2947 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2949 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2950 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2951 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2956 Define Calc function.
2958 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2959 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2960 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2962 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2963 actual Lisp function name.
2965 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2967 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2969 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2973 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2977 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2984 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20141
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2988 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2989 Run the Emacs calculator.
2990 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20141
2998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3000 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3001 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3002 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3003 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3004 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3005 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3007 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3008 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3009 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3010 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3011 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3012 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3013 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3014 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3017 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3018 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3020 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3021 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3022 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3023 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3024 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3025 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3027 Runs the following hooks:
3029 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3030 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3031 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3032 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3034 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3040 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3041 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3044 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3045 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3047 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3049 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3050 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3051 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3062 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3063 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3065 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3066 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3068 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3069 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3070 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3071 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3072 restriction to ASCII.
3074 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3079 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3080 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3081 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3083 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3084 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3085 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3086 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3087 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3088 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3089 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3091 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3092 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3101 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3105 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3106 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3109 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3110 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3116 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3117 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3118 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (19981 40664))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3121 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3122 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3124 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3125 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3127 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3130 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3150 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3161 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3162 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3168 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3170 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3181 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3182 variables are guessed:
3184 * `c-basic-offset', and
3185 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3188 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3189 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3191 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3192 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3194 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3195 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3196 guess is made from scratch.
3198 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3199 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3201 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3203 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3204 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3205 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3206 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3208 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3209 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3210 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3212 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3217 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3218 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3221 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3223 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3224 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3225 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3226 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3227 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3229 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3231 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3232 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3245 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3246 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3247 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3259 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3260 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3262 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3280 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3281 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3284 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3302 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3303 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3306 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3307 Major mode for editing Java code.
3308 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3309 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3310 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3311 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3314 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3316 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3317 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3324 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3325 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3326 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3328 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3329 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3330 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3331 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3332 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3333 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3336 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3338 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3339 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3346 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3347 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3348 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3349 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3351 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3352 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3353 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3354 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3355 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3356 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3359 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3361 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3362 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3369 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3370 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3376 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3377 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3378 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3379 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3380 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3382 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3384 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3385 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19981 40664))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3398 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3399 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3400 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3401 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3403 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3405 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3406 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3409 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3410 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3411 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3412 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3415 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3416 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3417 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3418 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3421 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3423 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3424 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3425 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3426 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3428 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3430 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3431 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3432 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3434 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3436 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3437 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3438 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3439 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3440 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3442 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20167 36967))
3447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3448 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3449 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3450 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3454 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3455 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3456 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3459 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3460 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3462 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3464 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3465 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3467 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3469 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3470 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3472 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3473 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3474 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3475 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3478 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3480 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3482 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3483 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3485 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3486 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3490 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3491 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3492 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3493 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3494 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3498 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3499 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3500 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3502 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3503 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3506 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3508 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3510 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3513 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3514 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3516 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3517 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3518 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3521 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3523 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3524 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3525 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3527 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3529 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3531 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3678 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3679 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3682 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3683 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3684 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3686 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3687 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3688 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3689 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3690 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3693 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3695 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3697 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3698 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3699 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3700 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3702 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3704 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3706 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3707 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3708 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3710 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3712 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3717 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3720 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3721 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3722 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3723 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3725 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3727 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3731 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine-mode cfengine3-mode)
3732 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20168 57844))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3735 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3744 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3746 There are no special keybindings by default.
3748 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3749 to the action header.
3753 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3754 Choose between `cfengine-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3755 on the buffer contents
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3765 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3766 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3767 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3771 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3772 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3773 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3779 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3787 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20168 57844))
3788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3789 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3791 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3802 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3803 the users will view as each check is completed.
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3819 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3820 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3821 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3822 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3823 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3824 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3825 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3827 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3831 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3832 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3833 spacing are all verified.
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3838 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3839 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3840 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3841 otherwise stop after the first error.
3843 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3845 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3846 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3847 Only documentation strings are checked.
3848 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3857 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3858 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3871 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3872 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3873 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3875 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3880 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3881 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3883 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3887 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3888 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3889 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3894 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3895 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3896 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3897 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3898 space at the end of each line.
3900 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3907 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3935 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3938 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3939 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3945 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3946 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3951 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3952 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3953 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3954 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3956 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3959 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3960 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3961 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3963 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3965 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3966 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3971 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3972 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3973 checking of documentation strings.
3975 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3981 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3982 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3983 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3986 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3997 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3998 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3999 Return the length of resulting text.
4001 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4003 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4004 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4008 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4013 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4016 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4020 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4021 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
4022 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4024 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4025 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4026 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4027 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4028 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4029 editing and the result is evaluated.
4031 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4034 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4035 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4036 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4037 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4039 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4043 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4044 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4045 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4046 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4047 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4049 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4050 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4051 \\{command-history-map}
4053 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4054 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20137 45833))
4061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4063 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4064 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4065 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4066 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4067 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4068 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4070 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4071 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4076 ;;;;;; (20170 64186))
4077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4079 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4080 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4081 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4082 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4083 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4084 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4085 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4088 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4089 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4090 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4093 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4094 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4096 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4097 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4098 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4099 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4100 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4101 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4102 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4103 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4104 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4105 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4106 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4107 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4109 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4110 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4111 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4113 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4114 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4115 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4118 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4120 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4122 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4124 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4125 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4127 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4128 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4130 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4131 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4132 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4133 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4134 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4135 value specified by their associated list element.
4137 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4139 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4140 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4141 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4143 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4144 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4145 * indent the first argument by 4.
4146 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4147 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4148 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4150 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20092
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20175 31160))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4207 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4216 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4217 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4218 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4221 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4222 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4223 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4224 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4225 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4226 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4227 functions have already modified the buffer.
4229 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4231 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4232 either globally or locally.")
4234 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4236 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4237 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4238 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4239 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4240 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4241 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4242 process as its initial input.
4244 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4251 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4252 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4253 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4254 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4255 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4256 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4257 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4258 process as its initial input.
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4267 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4268 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4269 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4270 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4271 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4273 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4275 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4276 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4277 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4278 directory tracking functions.")
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4282 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4284 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4286 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to current process.
4298 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4299 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4301 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4313 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4316 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4317 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4318 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4319 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4321 This command pushes the mark in each window
4322 at the prior location of point in that window.
4323 If both windows display the same buffer,
4324 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4325 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4327 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4328 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4329 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4331 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4332 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4333 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4337 this command work in interlaced mode:
4338 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4339 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4340 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4342 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4347 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4348 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20167
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4354 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4355 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4357 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4359 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4360 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4361 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4362 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4363 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4364 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4365 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4369 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4370 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4425 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4428 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4429 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4430 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4435 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4436 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4437 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4440 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4443 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4446 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4447 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4448 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4450 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4451 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4452 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4453 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4455 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4456 kills its subprocesses.
4458 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4459 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4460 to a function that generates a unique name.
4462 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4464 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4465 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4466 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4467 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4469 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4470 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4472 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4473 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4474 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4475 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4477 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4478 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4479 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4481 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4483 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4485 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4486 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4487 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4488 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4489 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4491 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4493 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4495 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4551 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4552 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4553 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4556 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4557 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4558 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4559 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4560 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4561 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4562 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4564 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4565 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4566 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4568 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4569 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4570 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4572 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4573 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4574 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4575 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4577 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4578 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4579 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4580 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4581 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4582 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4583 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4589 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `#'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4604 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4606 Comments start with `;'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4611 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4612 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4616 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4620 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4622 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4623 between `/*' and `*/'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4627 // another kind of comment
4639 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4642 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4643 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4644 `conf-space-keywords'.
4645 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4646 in an interactive fashion instead.
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4652 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4656 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4658 # Standard multimedia devices
4659 add /dev/audio desktop
4660 add /dev/mixer desktop
4664 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4665 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4666 See `conf-space-mode'.
4668 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4672 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4677 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4678 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4682 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4684 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4689 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4690 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4694 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4696 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4708 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4709 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4712 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4713 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4714 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4715 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4734 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4736 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4740 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4741 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4744 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4746 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4748 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4749 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4750 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4751 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4752 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4753 following the copyright are updated as well.
4754 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4760 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4761 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4762 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4763 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4768 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4770 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4773 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4774 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4776 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4781 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20178 7273))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4783 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4794 Tab indents for Perl code.
4795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4798 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4799 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4800 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4801 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4802 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4803 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4804 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4805 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4806 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4807 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4808 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4809 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4811 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4813 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4814 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4816 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4818 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4819 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4820 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4821 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4822 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4823 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4824 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4825 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4826 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4828 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4833 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4834 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4838 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4839 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4841 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4843 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4844 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4845 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4846 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4847 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4849 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4859 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4860 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4861 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4862 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4863 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4864 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4865 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4866 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4867 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4868 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4869 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4870 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4871 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4873 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4874 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4875 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4876 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4877 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4878 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4880 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4881 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4885 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4886 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4887 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4888 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4890 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4891 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4892 span the needed amount of lines.
4894 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4895 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4896 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4897 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4899 Variables controlling indentation style:
4900 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4901 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4902 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4903 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4904 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4907 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4908 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4909 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4911 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4912 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4913 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4914 `cperl-indent-level'
4915 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4916 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4917 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4920 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4921 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4923 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4924 `cperl-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4926 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4927 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4928 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4929 `cperl-label-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4931 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4932 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4934 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4935 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4936 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4938 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4939 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4941 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4942 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4943 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4944 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4946 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4947 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4948 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4949 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4950 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4951 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4952 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4954 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4955 column 0 is indented on
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4958 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4962 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4963 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4968 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4979 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4980 ;;;;;; (20104 14925))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4983 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4984 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4985 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4986 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4987 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4992 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4998 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4999 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5002 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5003 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5004 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5005 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5010 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5012 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5013 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5015 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5016 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5024 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5025 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5028 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5029 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5030 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5031 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5033 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5034 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5035 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5036 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5038 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5039 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5040 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5042 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5043 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5048 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5050 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5052 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5053 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5054 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5056 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19978
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5064 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5065 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5071 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5072 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5075 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5076 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5077 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5080 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5082 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5084 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5085 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5087 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5088 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5090 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5091 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5092 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5093 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5094 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5095 normal function of these prefix keys.
5097 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5098 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5100 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5101 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5102 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5104 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5105 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5106 the prefix fallback behavior.
5108 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5109 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5110 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5111 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5115 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5116 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5123 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5124 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5125 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5126 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5127 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5128 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5129 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5130 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5132 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20179 28130))
5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5135 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5136 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5140 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5141 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5143 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5145 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5146 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5150 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5151 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5154 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5157 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5159 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5161 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5165 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5168 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5180 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5185 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5187 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5188 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5190 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5191 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5193 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5195 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5197 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5198 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5199 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5200 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5202 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5203 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5204 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5206 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5208 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5209 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5210 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5211 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5212 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5216 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5217 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5218 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5219 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5223 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5225 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5227 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5229 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5234 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5236 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5239 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5243 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5245 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5247 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5249 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5250 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5251 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5252 as part of Emacs itself.
5254 Each elements looks like this:
5256 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5258 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5259 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5260 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5261 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5262 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5263 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5264 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5267 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5269 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5270 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5271 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5272 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5273 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5275 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5276 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5277 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5278 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5280 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5282 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5284 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5285 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5286 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5288 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5289 that were added or redefined since that version.
5291 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5295 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5296 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5298 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5300 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5301 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5303 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5306 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5307 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5309 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5310 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5312 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5314 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5319 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5324 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all already saved user options.
5329 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5331 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5332 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5333 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5334 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5336 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5337 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5338 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5339 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5340 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5341 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5343 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5347 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5348 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5350 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5355 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5371 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5373 The result includes selecting that window.
5374 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5375 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5376 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5379 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5384 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5386 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5387 File used for storing customization information.
5388 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5389 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5390 it should be an absolute file name.
5392 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5393 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5394 something like the following in your init file:
5396 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5399 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5400 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5402 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5403 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5404 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5405 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5406 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5408 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5409 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5410 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5411 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5412 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5413 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5414 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5415 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5416 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5417 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5419 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5421 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5422 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5426 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5431 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5433 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5435 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5437 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5438 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5439 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5440 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5441 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5443 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5448 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20059
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5456 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5457 named *Custom Theme*.
5459 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5461 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5462 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5466 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5471 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5473 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5474 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5484 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5485 Mode used for cvs status output.
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5492 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20168 57844))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5495 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5496 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5498 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5500 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5501 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5502 C++ modes are included.
5504 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5508 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5511 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5512 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5516 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5517 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5518 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5521 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5525 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5526 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5527 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5528 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5529 ARG is omitted or nil.
5531 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5532 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5533 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5540 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5541 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5544 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5545 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5547 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5549 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5550 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5552 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5554 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5555 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5556 For readability, the table is slightly
5557 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5559 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5560 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5561 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5562 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5563 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5565 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5570 ;;;;;; (19989 34789))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5572 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5575 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5577 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5578 Completion on current word.
5579 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5580 and presents suggestions for completion.
5582 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5583 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5586 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5587 then it searches *all* buffers.
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5592 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5594 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5595 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5596 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5597 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5598 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5600 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5601 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5603 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5604 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5605 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5607 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5608 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5610 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5616 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5620 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5621 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5623 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20176
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5631 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5632 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5633 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5634 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5635 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20162
5643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5645 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5646 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5648 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5649 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5650 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5652 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5653 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5654 Data lines are not indented.
5659 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5661 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5662 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5663 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5664 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5666 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5669 Extra indentation within blocks.
5671 dcl-continuation-offset
5672 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5675 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5677 dcl-margin-label-offset
5678 Indentation for a label.
5680 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5681 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5683 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5684 dcl-block-end-regexp
5685 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5686 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5687 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5688 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5689 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5692 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5693 Two such functions are included in the package:
5694 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5698 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5699 One such function is included in the package:
5700 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5702 dcl-tab-always-indent
5703 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5704 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5707 dcl-electric-characters
5708 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5711 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5712 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5713 which words trigger electric indentation.
5716 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5717 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5718 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5720 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5721 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5722 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5723 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5725 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5726 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5727 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5728 dcl-imenu-label-call
5729 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5731 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5732 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5733 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5734 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5737 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5739 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5740 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5741 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5743 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5744 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5748 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5749 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5750 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5751 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5752 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5753 \"lined up with the command line\"
5755 Data lines are not indented at all.
5756 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5761 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5762 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5768 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5769 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20098 62550))
5770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5772 (setq debugger 'debug)
5774 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5775 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5776 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5779 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5780 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5781 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5783 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5785 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5786 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5788 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5791 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5792 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5793 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5794 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5795 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5797 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5798 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5800 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5802 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5803 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5804 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5805 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5806 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5808 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (20164 60780))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5816 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5817 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5821 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5822 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5823 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5824 Upper-case letters are commands.
5826 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5829 The most useful commands are:
5830 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5831 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5832 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5833 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5834 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5835 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5842 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20154
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5846 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5847 Customization of `columns' group.
5851 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5852 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5854 START and END delimits the text region.
5856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5861 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20153
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5871 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5872 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5873 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5874 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5875 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5876 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5877 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5879 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5883 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5884 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5885 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5886 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5887 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5888 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5889 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5890 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5892 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5893 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5894 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5896 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5897 Directories to search when finding external units.
5898 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5899 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5903 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5904 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5905 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5906 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5907 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5908 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5909 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5910 Face used to color everything else.
5912 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5913 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20127
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5923 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5925 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5926 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5927 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5930 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5932 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5934 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5935 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5937 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5938 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5940 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5941 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5942 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5950 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20137 12290))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5953 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5954 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5956 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5958 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5959 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5960 or nil if there is no parent.
5961 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5962 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5963 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5964 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5965 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5967 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5968 arguments are currently understood:
5970 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5971 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5973 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5974 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5976 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5977 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5979 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5981 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5983 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5984 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5985 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5987 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5988 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5990 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5991 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5992 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5994 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5995 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5997 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5998 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6000 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6002 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6004 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6006 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6007 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6008 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6009 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6010 the first time the mode is used.
6012 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6016 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6017 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20170 13157))
6018 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6020 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6021 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6022 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6023 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6024 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6025 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6028 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6030 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6031 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6032 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
6033 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6034 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6035 character composition information (if relevant),
6036 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6038 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6043 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6044 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6045 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20165 31925))
6046 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6048 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6049 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6050 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6054 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6055 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6060 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6061 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6062 `desktop-read' for details.
6064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6066 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6067 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6068 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6069 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6071 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6073 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6074 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6075 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6077 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6078 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6079 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6081 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6082 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6084 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6085 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6086 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6088 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6089 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6090 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6091 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6093 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6095 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6096 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6098 Handlers are called with argument list
6100 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6102 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6104 desktop-file-version
6105 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6106 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6107 desktop-buffer-point
6109 desktop-buffer-read-only
6110 desktop-buffer-locals
6112 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6113 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6115 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6118 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6120 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6121 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6123 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6125 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6127 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6128 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6129 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6130 List elements must have the form
6132 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6134 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6137 Handlers are called with argument list
6139 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6141 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6143 desktop-file-version
6144 desktop-buffer-file-name
6146 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6147 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6148 desktop-buffer-point
6150 desktop-buffer-read-only
6153 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6154 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6157 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6160 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6162 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6163 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6165 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6167 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6169 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6171 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6173 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6174 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6175 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6179 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6180 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6181 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6182 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6183 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6185 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6187 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6188 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6189 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6193 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6194 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6195 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6196 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6197 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6198 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6199 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6200 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6202 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6204 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6205 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6206 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6210 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6211 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6212 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6213 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6216 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6218 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6219 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6223 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6224 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6231 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6232 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6235 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6236 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6237 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6238 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6239 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6240 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6242 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6245 Repair a broken attribution line.
6246 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6248 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6251 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6252 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6253 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6255 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6258 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6264 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6265 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20168 57844))
6266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6268 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6269 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6270 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6271 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6272 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6276 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6277 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6278 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6279 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6281 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6282 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6283 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6284 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6286 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6287 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6289 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6290 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6291 calendar-date-style 'european
6292 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6294 \(diary-mail-entries)
6296 # diary-rem.el ends here
6298 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6300 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6301 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6308 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19999 41597))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6311 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6312 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6314 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6316 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6317 The command to use to run diff.")
6319 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6321 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6322 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6323 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6324 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6325 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6326 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6328 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6329 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6330 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6332 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6334 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6335 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6336 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6337 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6338 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6339 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6341 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6344 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6345 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6352 ;;;;;; (20181 13366))
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6355 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6356 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6357 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6360 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6361 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6362 headers for you on-the-fly.
6364 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6365 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6366 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6372 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6373 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6378 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6387 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6388 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6389 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6391 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6396 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20167 36967))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6399 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6400 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6401 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6402 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6403 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6404 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6405 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6406 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6408 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6410 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6411 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6412 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6413 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6414 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6415 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6417 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6418 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6419 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6420 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6421 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6422 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6423 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6424 list of files to make directory entries for.
6425 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6426 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6427 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6429 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6431 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6432 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6434 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6435 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6437 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6438 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6440 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6441 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6443 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6446 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6448 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6450 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6451 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6452 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6453 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6454 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6455 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6456 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6457 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6458 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6459 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6460 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6461 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6462 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6463 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6464 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6465 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6466 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6467 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6468 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6469 to see why something went wrong.
6470 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6471 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6472 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6473 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6474 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6475 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6476 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6477 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6478 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6479 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6480 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6481 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6482 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6484 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6485 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6486 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6487 again for the directory tree.
6489 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6492 `dired-listing-switches'
6493 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6494 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6497 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6498 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6499 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6500 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6502 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6504 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6505 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6512 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6513 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6517 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6518 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6521 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6522 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6527 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6528 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6529 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6530 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6531 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6535 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6536 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6537 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6539 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6541 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6542 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6544 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6548 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6552 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6553 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6554 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6555 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6556 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6557 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6559 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6563 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6564 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6565 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6566 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6567 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6568 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19984 16846))
6569 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6571 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6572 Return a new, empty display table.
6576 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6577 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6578 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6579 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6580 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6582 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6585 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6586 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6587 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6588 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6590 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6592 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6593 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6597 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6598 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6602 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6603 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6605 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6606 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6608 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6609 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6612 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6613 in the default way after this call.
6617 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6618 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6622 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6623 Display character C using printable string S.
6627 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6628 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6629 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6630 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6632 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6634 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6635 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6636 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6639 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6641 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6642 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6644 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6646 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6647 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6649 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6651 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6652 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6654 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6656 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6657 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6659 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6661 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6662 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6664 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6666 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6667 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6669 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6670 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6672 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6673 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6675 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6676 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6677 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6678 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6680 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6681 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6682 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6690 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6693 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6694 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6695 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6696 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6697 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6698 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6699 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6706 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6707 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6709 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6710 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6711 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6712 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6713 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6714 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6716 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6717 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6718 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6719 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6720 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6722 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6726 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6730 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6731 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6732 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6733 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6734 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6735 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6736 table and its own syntax table.
6738 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6741 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6743 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6744 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6751 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20172
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6755 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6756 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6757 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6758 OpenDocument format).
6760 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6763 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6765 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6766 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6768 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6769 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6770 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6775 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6776 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6777 to the next best mode.
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6782 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6784 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6785 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6787 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6791 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6798 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20077 56412))
6799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6801 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6802 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20127 62865))
6809 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6811 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6812 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6817 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6818 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6827 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6828 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6835 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20179 28130))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6839 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6841 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6842 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6843 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6844 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6846 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6847 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6848 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6849 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6850 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6851 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6852 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6853 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6855 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6856 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6857 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6858 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6859 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6862 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6863 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6864 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6865 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6866 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6867 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6868 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6869 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6870 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6871 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6872 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6873 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6874 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6875 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6876 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6877 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6878 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6880 For example, you could write
6881 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6882 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6885 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6887 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6889 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6891 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6892 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6893 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6894 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6895 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6896 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6897 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6898 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6899 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6900 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6901 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6902 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6904 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6905 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6906 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6907 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6908 call another major mode in their body.
6910 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6912 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6913 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6914 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6915 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6916 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6917 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6918 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6920 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6922 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6923 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6924 :inherit Parent keymap.
6926 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6927 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6929 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6931 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6932 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6933 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6934 the constant's documentation.
6936 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6938 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6940 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6942 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6947 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6951 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6952 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6954 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6955 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6956 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6958 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6959 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6963 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6964 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6968 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6969 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6973 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6974 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6976 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6978 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6980 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6982 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6983 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6985 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6986 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6988 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6990 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6992 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6996 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6997 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6998 computed automatically.
6999 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7003 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7005 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7006 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7007 keyboard equivalent.
7011 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7012 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7016 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7017 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7021 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7022 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7026 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7027 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7031 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7035 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7036 radio: A radio button.
7037 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7038 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7040 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7044 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7045 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7049 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7051 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7052 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7053 as a solid horizontal line.
7055 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7057 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7059 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7061 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7064 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7067 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7068 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7069 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7071 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7073 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7074 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7075 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7076 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7077 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7078 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7080 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7081 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7082 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7084 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7085 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7086 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7088 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7089 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7091 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7096 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7097 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7098 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7099 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7100 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7101 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7102 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20166 16092))
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Customization for ebnf group.
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7113 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7118 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7120 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7125 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7126 killed after process termination.
7128 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7130 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7135 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7136 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7139 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7140 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7141 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7142 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7144 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7148 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7150 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7152 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7153 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7155 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7160 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7162 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7165 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7167 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7168 killed after process termination.
7170 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7172 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7176 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7177 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7179 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7185 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7187 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7194 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7196 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7199 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7201 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7206 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7207 killed after EPS generation.
7209 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7211 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7216 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7217 The EPS file name has the following form:
7219 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7221 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7222 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7224 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7225 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7226 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7227 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7228 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7230 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7238 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7239 The EPS file name has the following form:
7241 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7243 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7244 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7246 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7247 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7248 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7249 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7250 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7252 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7257 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7262 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7264 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7267 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7269 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7274 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7275 killed after syntax checking.
7277 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7279 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7289 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7299 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Set STYLE as the current style.
7327 Returns the old style symbol.
7329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Reset current style.
7336 Returns the old style symbol.
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7340 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7345 Returns the old style symbol.
7347 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7349 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7351 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7354 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7356 Returns the old style symbol.
7358 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7360 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7367 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7368 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7369 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7370 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7371 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7372 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7373 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7374 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7375 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7376 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20104
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7381 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7382 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7383 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7384 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7385 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7387 Tree mode key bindings:
7388 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7393 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7398 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7403 View declaration of member at point.
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7408 Find declaration of member at point.
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7413 View definition of member at point.
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7418 Find definition of member at point.
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7423 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7428 View definition of member at point in other window.
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7433 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7438 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7443 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7448 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7453 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7454 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7455 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7458 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7461 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7462 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7463 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7465 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7468 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7469 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7470 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7475 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7476 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7478 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7481 Search for call sites of a member.
7482 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7483 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7484 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7485 looks like a function call to the member.
7487 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7490 Move backward in the position stack.
7491 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7496 Move forward in the position stack.
7497 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7502 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7507 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7512 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7513 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7514 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7516 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7519 Display statistics for a class tree.
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7526 ;;;;;; (20104 14925))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7529 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7530 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7531 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7532 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7534 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7535 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7536 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7538 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7539 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7540 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7542 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7544 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7551 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7554 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7555 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7556 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7558 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7563 ;;;;;; (20110 24804))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7566 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7573 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20168 57844))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7576 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7577 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7578 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7581 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7583 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7585 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7586 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7588 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7589 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7591 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7592 an EDE controlled project.
7594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7599 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7600 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20166 16092))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7603 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7604 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7605 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7606 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7607 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7609 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7610 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7611 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7612 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7614 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7616 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7617 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7618 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7619 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7621 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7623 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7624 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7625 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7626 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7628 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7630 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7632 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7633 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7634 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7635 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7636 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7638 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7639 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7640 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7641 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7642 instrumented for Edebug.
7644 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7645 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7646 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7647 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7652 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7653 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7657 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7658 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7664 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7665 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7666 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7667 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7668 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7669 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7670 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7671 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7672 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7673 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19996 8027))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7676 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7677 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7679 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7681 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7682 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7684 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7686 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7688 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7690 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7691 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7692 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7693 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7697 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7699 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7700 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7704 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7705 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7709 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7711 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7714 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7716 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7718 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7719 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7720 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7721 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7723 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7725 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7727 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7729 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7730 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7732 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7734 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7738 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7739 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7741 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7743 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7746 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7747 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7748 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7750 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7752 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7754 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7755 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7756 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7757 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7758 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7759 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7761 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7765 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7766 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7768 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7774 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7775 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7777 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7779 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7781 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7784 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7785 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7787 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7788 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7790 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7793 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7794 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7796 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7797 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7799 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7803 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7804 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7805 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7807 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7811 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7812 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7813 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7814 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7821 Merge two files without ancestor.
7823 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7826 Merge two files with ancestor.
7828 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7833 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7835 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7838 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7840 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7844 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7847 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7849 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7850 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7851 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7854 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7857 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7858 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7859 and don't ask the user.
7860 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7861 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7863 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7866 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7867 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7868 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7869 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7870 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7871 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7872 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7874 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7876 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7878 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7882 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7883 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7884 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7886 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7888 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7890 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7891 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7892 When called interactively, displays the version.
7896 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7897 Display Ediff's manual.
7898 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7900 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7905 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7908 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7916 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7919 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7920 Display Ediff's registry.
7924 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7928 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7929 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20175 31160))
7930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7932 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7933 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7934 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7939 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7940 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7941 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7942 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7949 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7950 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7953 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7954 Edit a keyboard macro.
7955 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7956 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7957 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7959 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7961 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7964 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7966 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7968 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7969 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7971 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7974 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7975 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7976 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7977 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7978 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7980 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7981 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7982 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7983 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7985 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7987 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7988 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7989 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7990 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7991 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7992 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7994 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7999 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20154 24929))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8002 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8004 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8005 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8007 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8010 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8020 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8021 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8022 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8023 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8024 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8025 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8026 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8028 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8029 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8031 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8032 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8033 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8034 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8036 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8037 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8038 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8040 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8041 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8042 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8044 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8046 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8049 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8053 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8054 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20161 45793))
8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8057 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8058 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8060 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8062 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8063 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8065 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8066 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8068 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8069 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8070 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8071 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8072 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8073 expression point is on.
8075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8077 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8078 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8082 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8083 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8084 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8085 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8086 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8087 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8090 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8091 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8092 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8095 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8096 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8101 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20168 57844))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8104 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8105 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.
8106 Each entry of the list can be either a character or a cons of the
8107 form (CHAR . PREDICATE) which means that CHAR should cause reindentation
8108 only if PREDICATE returns non-nil. PREDICATE is called with no arguments
8109 and with point before the inserted char.")
8111 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8112 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8113 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8114 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8115 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8116 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8118 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8120 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8121 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8126 Electric Indent mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
8127 reindentation is triggered whenever you insert a character listed
8128 in `electric-indent-chars'.
8130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8132 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8133 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8134 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8136 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8137 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8139 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8141 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8142 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8147 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8148 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8149 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8153 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8154 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8155 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8157 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8158 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8160 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8162 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8163 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8173 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8174 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8176 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8177 an elided material again.
8179 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8186 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8187 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8190 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8195 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8196 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8197 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8199 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8201 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8202 Lint the current buffer.
8203 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8207 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8208 Lint the function at point.
8209 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8213 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8215 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8216 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8218 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8222 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8223 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19981
8225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8227 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8228 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8229 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8231 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8233 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8234 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8235 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8236 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8238 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8241 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8242 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8244 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8246 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8248 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8249 Display current profiling results.
8250 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8251 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8258 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8259 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8262 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8263 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8264 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8265 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8266 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8267 ARG is omitted or nil.
8269 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8270 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8271 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8274 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8276 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8277 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8278 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8280 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8287 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20093 44623))
8288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8290 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8291 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8292 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8294 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8297 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8298 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8300 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8304 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8305 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8306 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8307 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8308 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20141 9296))
8309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8311 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two files.
8314 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8319 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8322 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8324 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8327 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8329 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8336 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8341 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8344 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8346 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8349 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8352 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8354 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8357 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8359 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8364 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8369 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8372 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8373 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8374 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8375 text/enriched format.
8376 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8378 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8379 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8383 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8390 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8392 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8395 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8399 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8400 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8401 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8402 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8403 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8404 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20104
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8408 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8409 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8411 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8414 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8416 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8419 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8420 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8421 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8422 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8423 the keys are listed.
8424 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8426 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8428 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8433 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8438 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8439 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8441 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8444 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8446 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8449 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8451 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8452 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8453 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8454 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8456 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8457 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8458 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8459 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8460 should consider using the string based counterpart
8461 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8462 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8466 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8467 (decode-coding-string
8468 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8471 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8474 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8476 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8477 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8481 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8482 Verify the current region between START and END.
8484 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8485 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8486 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8487 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8488 should consider using the string based counterpart
8489 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8490 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8494 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8495 (decode-coding-string
8496 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8502 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8503 between START and END.
8505 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8506 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8511 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8513 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8514 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8515 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8516 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8517 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8518 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8522 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8525 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8527 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8530 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8532 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8533 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8534 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8535 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8536 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8537 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8541 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8544 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8547 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8550 Delete selected KEYS.
8552 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8555 Import keys from FILE.
8559 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8560 Import keys from the region.
8562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8565 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8566 between START and END.
8568 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8570 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8571 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8573 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8575 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8576 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8582 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8583 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8584 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8586 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8587 Decrypt marked files.
8591 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8592 Verify marked files.
8596 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8601 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8602 Encrypt marked files.
8608 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8609 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20038 20303))
8610 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8612 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8615 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8622 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8629 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8630 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8631 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20043 38232))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8634 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8635 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8640 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8641 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8643 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8647 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8648 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8649 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8651 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8656 Sign the current buffer.
8657 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8659 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8661 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8663 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8664 Encrypt the current buffer.
8665 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8667 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8669 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8672 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8673 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8675 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8679 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8680 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8681 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8684 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8686 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8688 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8689 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8695 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20172 54913))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8698 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8699 Return a context object.
8701 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8705 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8706 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8709 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8710 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8714 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8715 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8717 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8719 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8720 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8722 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8727 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (20172 54913))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8731 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8735 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8736 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8737 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8739 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8741 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8742 (server (erc-compute-server))
8743 (port (erc-compute-port))
8744 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8746 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8748 That is, if called with
8750 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8752 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8753 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8754 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8756 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8758 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8760 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8761 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8762 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8763 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8765 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20161
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8772 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20093 44623))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8778 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8784 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8789 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8790 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8795 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20179 28130))
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8797 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8799 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8800 Parser for /dcc command.
8801 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8802 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8803 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8805 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8807 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8808 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8812 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8813 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8815 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8816 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8817 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8820 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8825 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8826 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8827 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8828 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8831 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8834 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8838 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8839 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8841 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8848 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8849 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8851 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8853 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8854 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8856 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8859 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8861 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8863 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8864 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8866 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8868 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8869 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8871 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8873 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8874 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8876 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8878 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8879 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8883 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8890 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20127
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8895 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8896 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8897 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8903 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8904 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8906 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8908 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8909 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8910 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8911 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8912 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8913 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8916 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8921 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8926 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8929 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8938 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8944 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8948 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8949 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20168 57844))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8951 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8953 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8954 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8955 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8956 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8957 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8958 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8960 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8962 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8963 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8964 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8965 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8967 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8968 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8971 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8972 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8974 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8978 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8979 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8980 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8981 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8985 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8986 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8990 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8991 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8995 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8996 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9000 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9001 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9005 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9006 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9010 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9011 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9015 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9016 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9020 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9021 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9029 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9033 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9034 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9038 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9046 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9050 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9051 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9052 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9056 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9057 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9063 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9064 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20161 45793))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9068 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9069 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9070 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9071 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9073 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9075 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9108 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9112 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9113 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9117 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9118 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9119 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9121 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9131 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9132 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9135 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9136 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9137 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9146 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9156 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9157 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9160 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9161 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9162 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9164 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9166 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9167 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9172 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9173 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9174 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9175 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9178 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9183 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9185 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9187 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9188 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9189 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9190 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9192 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9194 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9195 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9196 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9202 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9203 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9207 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9208 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9215 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9216 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20168 57844))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9219 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9220 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9222 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9223 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9225 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9228 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9230 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9231 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9232 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9234 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9236 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9238 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9240 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9242 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9244 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9245 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9247 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9248 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9249 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9250 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9252 Returns the stats object.
9254 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9256 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9257 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9259 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9260 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9261 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9264 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9266 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9267 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9269 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9270 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9271 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9272 and how to display message.
9274 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9276 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9278 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9279 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9281 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9285 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9286 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9289 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9291 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9292 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9298 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20164
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9302 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9303 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9311 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9312 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20116 6099))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9315 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9316 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9317 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9318 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9319 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9320 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9321 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9322 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9323 buffer selected (or created).
9325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9327 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9328 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9329 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9331 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9333 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9334 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9335 The result might be any Lisp object.
9336 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9337 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9338 corresponding to a successful execution.
9340 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9342 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9347 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9348 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9349 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9350 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9351 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9352 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9353 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9356 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9357 *File name of tags table.
9358 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9359 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9360 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9361 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9362 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9364 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9365 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9366 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9367 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9369 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9371 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9372 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9373 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9374 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9375 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9376 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9378 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9380 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9381 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9382 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9383 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9384 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9385 `auto-compression-mode').")
9387 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9389 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9390 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9391 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9392 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9393 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9397 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9398 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9399 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9400 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9402 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9404 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9405 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9406 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9407 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9408 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9412 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9413 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9417 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9418 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9419 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9420 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9422 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9423 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9424 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9425 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9426 file the tag was in.
9428 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9430 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9431 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9432 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9433 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9434 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9435 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9436 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9437 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9438 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9440 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9442 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9443 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9444 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9445 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9446 without directory names.
9449 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9450 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9453 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9455 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9456 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9457 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9458 but does not select the buffer.
9459 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9461 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9462 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9463 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9464 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9465 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9467 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9469 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9470 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9471 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9473 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9475 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9477 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9478 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9479 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9480 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9482 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9483 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9484 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9485 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9486 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9488 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9490 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9491 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9492 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9494 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9496 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9497 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9499 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9500 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9501 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9502 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9503 around or before point.
9505 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9506 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9507 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9508 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9509 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9511 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9513 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9514 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9515 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9517 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9519 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9520 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9522 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9523 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9524 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9525 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9526 around or before point.
9528 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9529 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9530 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9531 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9532 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9534 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9536 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9537 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9538 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9540 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9542 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9543 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9545 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9546 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9547 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9549 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9550 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9551 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9552 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9553 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9555 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9557 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9558 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9559 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9561 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9563 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9564 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9565 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9567 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9568 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9570 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9571 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9572 where they were found.
9576 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9577 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9579 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9580 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9581 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9583 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9584 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9586 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9587 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9589 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9591 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9592 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9593 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9594 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9596 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9597 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9598 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9599 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9600 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9603 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9605 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9606 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9607 Stops when a match is found.
9608 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9610 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9611 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9612 restricted to these files.
9614 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9618 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9619 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9620 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9621 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9622 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9623 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9624 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9625 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9627 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9628 produce the list of files to search.
9630 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9632 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9635 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9636 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9637 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9638 directory specification.
9640 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9642 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9643 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9645 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9647 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9648 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9649 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9650 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9654 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9655 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9656 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9657 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9658 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9664 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9665 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9666 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9667 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9668 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9669 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9670 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9671 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9674 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9679 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9680 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9682 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9683 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9685 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9686 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9689 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9690 even if the buffer is read-only.
9692 See also the descriptions of the variables
9693 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9695 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9697 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9698 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9700 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9701 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9703 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9704 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9707 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9708 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9710 See also the descriptions of the variables
9711 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9713 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9715 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9716 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9717 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9718 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9720 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9722 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9723 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9724 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9725 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9727 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9728 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9731 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9732 buffer is read-only.
9734 See also the descriptions of the variables
9735 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9736 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9738 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9740 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9741 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9743 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9744 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9746 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9747 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9748 the primary language.
9750 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9751 buffer is read-only.
9753 See also the descriptions of the variables
9754 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9755 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9757 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9759 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9760 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9761 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9763 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9766 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9770 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9771 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9773 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9774 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9777 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9778 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9779 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9781 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9783 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9785 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9786 This function is deprecated.
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9791 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9795 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9796 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9800 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9801 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9803 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9804 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9806 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9807 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9811 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9816 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9817 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9821 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9822 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9826 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9827 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9828 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9832 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9835 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9840 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9841 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9844 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9845 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9846 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9847 server for future sessions.
9849 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9851 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9852 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9853 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9855 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9858 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9859 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9861 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9864 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9865 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9866 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9867 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9868 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9869 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9870 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9871 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9872 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9873 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9874 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9876 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9879 Display a form to query the directory server.
9880 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9881 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9883 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9886 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9887 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9891 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9895 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9896 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9897 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9900 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9901 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9903 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9905 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9906 Display URL and make it clickable.
9910 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9911 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9913 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9915 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9916 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9918 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9920 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9921 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9923 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9925 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9926 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9928 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9932 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9933 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20175 31160))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9936 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9937 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9938 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9942 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9943 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9949 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9950 ;;;;;; (20162 19074))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9953 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9954 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9960 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9964 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9965 Create an empty ewoc.
9967 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9969 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9970 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9971 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9972 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9973 `insert-before-markers'.
9975 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9976 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9977 respectively, of the ewoc.
9979 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9980 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9981 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9983 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9987 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9988 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9989 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9990 ;;;;;; (20160 63745))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9993 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9994 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9995 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9997 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9999 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10000 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10001 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10002 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10003 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10005 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10007 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10008 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10009 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10010 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10011 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10014 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10016 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10017 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10018 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10022 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10023 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10024 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10032 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10033 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10036 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10037 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10038 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10039 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10041 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10043 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10044 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10045 to generate such functions.
10047 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10048 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10049 beginning of the expanded text.
10051 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10052 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10053 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10054 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10056 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10058 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10060 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10061 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10062 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10066 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10067 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10068 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10072 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10073 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10074 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10077 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10078 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10082 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20178 7273))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10085 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10086 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10087 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10089 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10090 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10091 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10093 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10098 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10101 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10103 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10105 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10106 `f90-program-indent'
10107 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10109 `f90-associate-indent'
10110 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10111 `f90-critical-indent'
10112 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10113 `f90-continuation-indent'
10114 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10115 `f90-comment-region'
10116 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10117 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10118 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10119 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10121 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10122 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10123 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10124 `f90-break-delimiters'
10125 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10126 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10127 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10128 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10130 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10131 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10133 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10134 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10135 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10136 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10137 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10138 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10139 `f90-leave-line-no'
10140 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10142 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10143 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10149 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10150 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10151 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10152 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20127
10154 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10156 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10157 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10159 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10160 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10162 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10163 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10164 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10165 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10166 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10167 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10168 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10170 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10171 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10172 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10174 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10176 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10177 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10179 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10181 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10182 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10183 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10184 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10185 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10186 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10188 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10190 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10191 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10192 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10194 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10195 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10196 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10199 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10201 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10202 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10203 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10205 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10206 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10207 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10208 will remove any scaling currently active.
10212 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10213 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10214 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10217 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10218 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10219 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10220 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10222 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10223 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10225 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10226 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10228 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10229 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10230 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10232 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10233 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10234 is one of the above.
10236 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10237 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10238 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10239 will remove any scaling currently active.
10241 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10242 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10243 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10244 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10245 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10249 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10250 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10251 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10252 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10256 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10257 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10258 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10259 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10260 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10262 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10263 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10265 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10267 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10268 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10269 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10270 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10272 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10273 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10274 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10275 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10277 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10278 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10280 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10282 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10283 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10284 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10285 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10291 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10292 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10293 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20172 54913))
10294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10296 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10297 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10298 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10299 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10303 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10304 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10308 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10309 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10310 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10311 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10315 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10316 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10317 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10318 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10319 backup file names and the like).
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10323 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10324 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10325 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10326 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10327 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10328 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10329 internally by feedmail):
10331 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10332 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10333 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10334 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10336 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10337 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10338 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10339 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10340 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10342 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10346 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10347 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20164 60780))
10348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10350 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10351 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10352 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10353 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10354 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10355 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10356 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10358 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10360 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10361 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10362 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10363 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10364 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10365 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10366 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10368 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10370 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10372 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10373 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10374 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10375 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10376 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10377 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10379 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10381 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10382 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10383 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10385 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10386 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10391 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10392 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10393 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10395 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10397 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10398 Try to get a file name at point.
10399 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10401 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10402 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10409 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10410 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10411 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10412 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10415 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10416 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10417 be added to the cache.
10419 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10421 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10422 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10423 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10424 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10425 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10427 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10430 Add FILE to the file cache.
10434 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10435 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10436 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10438 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10440 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10441 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10442 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10444 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10446 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10447 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10448 This function does not use any external programs.
10449 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10450 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10451 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10453 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10455 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10456 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10457 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10458 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10459 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10460 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10461 \(directories) is done.
10467 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10468 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10469 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10470 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10471 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20167 36967))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10474 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10475 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10477 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10478 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10479 Local Variables list.
10481 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10482 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10483 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10485 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10487 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10488 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10490 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10492 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10493 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10495 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10496 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10499 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10500 then this function adds it.
10502 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10504 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10505 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10507 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10509 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10510 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10512 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10514 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10515 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10517 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10519 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10520 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10524 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10525 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10529 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10530 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10536 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20178
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10540 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10541 Filesets initialization.
10542 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10548 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10551 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10552 Initiate the building of a find command.
10555 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10556 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10558 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10560 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10561 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10563 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10568 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19980 19797))
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10571 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10572 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10573 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10575 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10577 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10578 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10580 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10582 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10583 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10584 and run dired on those files.
10585 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10586 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10588 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10590 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10592 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10593 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10594 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10596 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10597 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10599 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10600 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10602 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10606 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10607 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10608 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10611 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10612 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10613 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10614 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10615 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10616 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10617 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10619 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10620 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10621 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10623 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10625 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10627 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10629 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10630 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10631 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10633 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10634 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10636 Variables of interest include:
10638 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10639 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10640 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10642 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10643 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10644 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10646 - `ff-ignore-include'
10647 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10649 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10650 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10653 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10655 - `ff-special-constructs'
10656 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10657 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10658 extracting the filename from that construct.
10660 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10661 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10663 - `ff-search-directories'
10664 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10665 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10667 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10668 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10670 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10671 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10673 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10674 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10676 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10677 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10679 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10680 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10682 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10684 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10685 Visit the file you click on.
10687 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10689 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10690 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10692 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10697 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10698 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10699 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10700 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10701 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10702 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20153 32815))
10703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10705 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10706 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10707 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10709 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10711 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10712 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10713 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10714 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10716 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10717 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10718 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10719 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10721 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10723 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10724 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10726 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10727 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10728 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10729 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10731 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10732 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10733 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10735 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10736 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10739 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10741 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10742 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10744 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10745 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10746 places point before the definition.
10747 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10749 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10750 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10751 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10753 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10755 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10756 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10758 See `find-function' for more details.
10760 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10762 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10763 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10765 See `find-function' for more details.
10767 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10769 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10770 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10772 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10773 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10774 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10776 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10777 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10779 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10781 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10782 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10784 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10785 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10786 places point before the definition.
10788 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10790 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10791 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10792 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10794 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10796 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10797 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10799 See `find-variable' for more details.
10801 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10803 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10804 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10806 See `find-variable' for more details.
10808 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10810 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10811 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10812 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10813 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10814 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10815 buffer nor display it.
10817 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10818 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10820 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10822 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10823 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10825 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10826 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10827 places point before the definition.
10829 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10831 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10832 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10833 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10837 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10838 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10839 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10843 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10844 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10848 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10849 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10853 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10854 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10860 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10861 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10862 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10864 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10865 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10867 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10869 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10870 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10874 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10875 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10877 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10881 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10882 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10885 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10886 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10890 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10891 Display FILE's commentary section.
10892 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10896 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10897 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10903 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10904 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10907 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10908 Toggle flow control handling.
10909 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10910 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10912 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10914 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10915 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10916 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10917 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10918 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10919 to get the effect of a C-q.
10921 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10926 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10929 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10934 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10937 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10942 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19984 16846))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10945 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10946 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10947 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10948 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10952 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10953 Turn flymake mode on.
10957 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10958 Turn flymake mode off.
10962 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
10969 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10970 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10971 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20174 10230))
10972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10974 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10975 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10978 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10980 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10981 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10984 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10986 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10987 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10988 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10991 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10992 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10993 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10994 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10997 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11000 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11001 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11002 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11004 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11006 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11007 in your .emacs file.
11009 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11010 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11014 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11015 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11019 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11020 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11024 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11025 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11029 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11030 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11032 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11034 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11035 Flyspell whole buffer.
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11042 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11043 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11046 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11047 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11051 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11052 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11056 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11057 Toggle Follow mode.
11058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11062 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11063 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11065 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11066 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11067 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11069 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11070 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11071 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11074 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11075 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11076 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11077 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11078 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11081 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11082 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11084 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11086 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11087 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11088 \(This is the default.)
11090 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11092 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11093 \\{follow-mode-map}
11095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11097 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11098 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11100 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11101 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11102 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11103 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11104 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11105 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11107 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11108 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11109 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11111 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11112 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11113 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20170
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11123 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11124 Toggle Footnote mode.
11125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11129 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11130 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11131 play around with the following keys:
11132 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11138 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11139 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20168 57844))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11142 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11143 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11145 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11146 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11147 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11148 C-c < forms-first-record <
11149 C-c > forms-last-record >
11150 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11151 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11152 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11153 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11154 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11155 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11156 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11157 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11158 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11159 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11161 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11163 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11164 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11168 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11169 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11176 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11179 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11180 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11181 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11183 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11184 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11186 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11189 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11191 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11193 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11194 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11195 `fortran-do-indent'
11196 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11197 `fortran-if-indent'
11198 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11199 `fortran-structure-indent'
11200 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11202 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11203 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11204 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11205 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11206 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11207 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11208 nil don't change the indentation
11209 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11211 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11213 depending on the continuation format in use.
11214 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11215 indentation for a line of code.
11217 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11218 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11219 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11220 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11221 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11222 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11223 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11224 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11225 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11226 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11228 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11229 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11230 statements (default nil).
11231 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11232 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11233 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11234 `fortran-continuation-string'
11235 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11236 line (default \"$\").
11237 `fortran-comment-region'
11238 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11239 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11240 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11241 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11242 as typed (default t).
11243 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11244 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11246 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11247 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11253 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11254 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20165 31925))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11257 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11258 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11260 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11261 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11263 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11265 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11266 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11268 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11269 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11271 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11273 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11274 Compile fortune file.
11276 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11277 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11279 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11281 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11282 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11284 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11285 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11286 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11287 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11289 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11291 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11292 Display a fortune cookie.
11293 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11294 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11295 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11296 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11298 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11303 ;;;;;; (20182 4358))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11306 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11307 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11309 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
11311 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11312 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11313 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11314 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11316 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11317 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11318 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11319 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11320 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11322 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11323 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11324 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11325 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11327 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11328 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11329 shown in some of the buffers.
11331 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11333 The following commands help control operation :
11335 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11336 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11338 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11339 detailed description of this mode.
11342 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11344 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11345 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11349 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11350 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11351 | | (comint-mode) |
11358 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11359 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11360 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11361 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11362 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11363 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11365 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11369 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11370 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11374 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11375 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11376 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11377 instead (which see).")
11379 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11380 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11382 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11383 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11384 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11385 documentation string instead.
11387 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11388 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11389 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11390 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11391 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11392 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11393 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11394 enders are actually possible.
11396 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11397 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11399 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11400 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11401 `font-lock-keywords'.
11403 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11404 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11405 runs the macro expansion.
11407 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11408 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11409 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11411 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11413 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11415 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11417 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11418 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11420 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11422 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11423 Enter generic mode MODE.
11425 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11426 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11427 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11429 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11430 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11434 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11435 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11436 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11437 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11438 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11439 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11440 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11441 `font-lock-keywords'.
11443 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11448 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11451 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11452 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11453 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11454 at places they belong to.
11456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11460 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11461 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11462 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
11463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11465 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11466 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11467 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11469 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11471 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11472 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11474 Guideline for numbers:
11476 3 - non-serious error messages
11477 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11478 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11479 9 - messages inside loops.
11481 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11483 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11484 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11485 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11487 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11489 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11490 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11492 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11494 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11495 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11497 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11498 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11499 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11500 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11501 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11502 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11504 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11505 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11506 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11507 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11508 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11510 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11512 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11516 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11517 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20164 60780))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11519 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11520 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11522 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11523 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11527 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11529 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11530 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11531 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11532 name of an NNTP server to use.
11533 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11536 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11538 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11539 Read news as a slave.
11541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11543 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11544 Pop up a frame to read news.
11545 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11546 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11547 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11548 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11549 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11550 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11551 current display is used.
11553 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11555 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11557 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11558 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11559 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11561 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11565 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11566 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11567 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11568 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11569 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11570 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20168 57844))
11571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11573 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11574 Start Gnus unplugged.
11578 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11579 Start Gnus plugged.
11583 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11584 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11588 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11589 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11591 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11592 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11593 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11595 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11596 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11597 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11601 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11602 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11606 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11607 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11608 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11609 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11610 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11613 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11615 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11616 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11617 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11618 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11619 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11622 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11624 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11625 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11629 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11630 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11631 downloaded into the agent.
11633 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11635 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11636 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11637 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11638 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11640 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11643 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11647 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11648 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11652 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11653 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11654 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11656 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11661 ;;;;;; (20182 4358))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11664 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11665 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11672 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11675 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11676 Set a bookmark for this article.
11680 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11681 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11683 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11685 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11686 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11687 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11688 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11689 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11695 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11696 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11697 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11701 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11702 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11705 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11709 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11710 Generate the cache active file.
11712 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11714 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11715 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11719 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11720 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11721 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11722 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11723 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11726 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11729 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11730 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11731 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11732 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11735 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11740 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11743 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11744 Delay this article by some time.
11745 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11747 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11748 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11750 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11751 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11753 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11754 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11756 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11758 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11759 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11763 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11764 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11765 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11766 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11768 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11769 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11771 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11776 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20161 45793))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11779 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11782 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11784 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11787 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11792 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11795 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11796 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11803 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11806 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11807 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11813 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11814 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11815 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20088
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11819 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11820 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11824 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11825 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11829 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11830 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11832 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11833 different input formats.
11837 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11838 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11840 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11841 different input formats.
11845 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11846 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11847 The PNG is returned as a string.
11849 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11851 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11852 Convert FILE to a Face.
11853 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11856 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11861 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11864 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11865 Display gravatar in the From header.
11866 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11868 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11870 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11871 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11872 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11874 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11879 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20179 28130))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11883 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11884 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11885 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11887 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11889 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11890 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11892 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11897 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20050 11479))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11900 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11903 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11908 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11913 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11916 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11918 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11919 Run batched scoring.
11920 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11926 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11927 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11928 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11931 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11936 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11937 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11938 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11940 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11943 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11945 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11952 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11953 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11956 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11957 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11958 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11959 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11962 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11963 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11964 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11965 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11967 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11968 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11969 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11970 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11971 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11972 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11973 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11974 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11975 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11976 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11978 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11980 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11981 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11982 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11985 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11986 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11988 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11990 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11991 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11992 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11994 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11998 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11999 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12000 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12002 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12004 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12005 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12006 existing groups are considered.
12008 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12009 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12012 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12013 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12014 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12015 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12016 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12017 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12018 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12019 clauses will be generated.
12021 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12022 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12023 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12024 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12025 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12026 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12028 For example, given the following group parameters:
12031 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12032 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12034 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12035 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12036 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12037 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12039 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12041 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12043 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12045 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12046 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12049 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12054 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20183 25152))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12057 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12058 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12059 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12060 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12062 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12064 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12067 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12069 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12070 Like `message-reply'.
12072 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12074 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12078 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12079 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12080 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12083 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12084 Display picons in the From header.
12085 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12089 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12090 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12091 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12095 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12096 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12097 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12104 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12105 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12106 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12107 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
12108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12110 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12111 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12112 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12113 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12115 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12118 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12119 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12122 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12124 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12125 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12126 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12128 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12130 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12133 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12135 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12136 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12137 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12139 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12141 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12142 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12143 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12145 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12147 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12149 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12150 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12151 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12153 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12156 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12157 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12159 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12162 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12163 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12165 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12167 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12168 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12170 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12174 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12175 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20143 51029))
12176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12178 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12179 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12183 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12184 Install the registry hooks.
12190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12191 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12195 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12196 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12197 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12198 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12199 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12200 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12204 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12205 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12206 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12207 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12208 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12212 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12220 ;;;;;; (20076 35541))
12221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12223 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12224 Update the format specification near point.
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12231 ;;;;;; (20176 51947))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12234 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12235 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12237 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12242 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
12243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12245 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12246 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12247 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12249 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12253 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12254 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
12255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12257 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12258 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12262 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12263 Install the sync hooks.
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12273 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12274 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12276 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12280 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12281 ;;;;;; (20176 51947))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12284 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil
"\
12285 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12287 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12288 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12289 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12291 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12293 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12297 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20178 7273))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12300 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12301 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12303 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12304 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12305 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12307 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12308 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12309 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12311 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12312 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12314 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12315 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12317 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12319 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12324 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20127
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12328 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12330 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12331 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12332 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12333 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12334 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12336 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12338 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12339 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12340 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12342 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12343 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12345 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12346 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12349 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12351 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12352 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12356 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12357 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12363 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12364 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12367 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12368 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12369 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12371 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12373 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12374 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12376 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12381 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12382 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20174 10230))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12385 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12386 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12388 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12390 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12391 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12392 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12393 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12394 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12396 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12397 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12398 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12400 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12402 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12403 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12404 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12405 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12406 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12408 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12410 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12411 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12413 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12415 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12416 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12418 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12419 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12420 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12422 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12423 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12424 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12426 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12427 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12428 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12429 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12431 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12432 How to invoke find and grep.
12433 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12434 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12435 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12436 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12438 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12440 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12441 History list for grep.")
12443 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12444 History list for grep-find.")
12446 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12447 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12448 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12452 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12457 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12458 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12462 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12463 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12464 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12465 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12468 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12469 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12471 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12472 can easily repeat a grep command.
12474 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12475 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12476 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12479 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12481 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12482 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12483 Collect output in a buffer.
12484 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12485 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12487 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12488 easily repeat a find command.
12490 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12492 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12494 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12495 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12496 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12497 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12498 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12500 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12501 before it is executed.
12502 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12504 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12505 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12506 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12508 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12510 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12512 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12513 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12514 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12515 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12516 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12518 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12519 before it is executed.
12520 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12522 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12523 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12524 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12526 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12528 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12530 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12531 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12532 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12533 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12535 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12537 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12541 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12544 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12545 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12546 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12547 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12548 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12550 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12555 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20178 7273))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12558 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12559 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12560 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12561 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12563 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12565 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12566 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12567 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12568 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12570 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12572 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12573 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12574 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12575 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12577 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12579 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12580 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12581 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12582 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12584 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12585 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12587 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12589 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12590 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12591 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12592 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12594 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12596 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12597 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12598 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12599 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12601 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12603 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12604 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12605 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12606 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12607 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12609 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12610 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12611 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12612 original source file access method.
12614 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12615 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12619 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12620 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12624 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12625 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12626 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12629 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12631 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12633 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12634 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12636 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12637 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12643 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12645 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12647 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12648 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12649 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12650 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12652 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12653 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12654 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12655 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12662 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12665 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12666 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12668 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12670 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12671 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12672 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12673 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12675 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12679 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12680 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12681 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12682 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12689 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12690 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12691 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12694 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12695 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12699 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12700 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12701 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12705 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12706 Verify a hashcash payment
12708 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12710 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12711 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12712 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12713 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12714 `mail-add-payment-async').
12716 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12718 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12719 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12720 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12721 Calculation is asynchronous.
12723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12725 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12726 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12727 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12734 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12735 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12736 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12739 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12740 Return the help-echo string at point.
12741 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12742 property, or nil, is returned.
12743 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12744 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12745 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12747 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12749 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12750 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12751 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12752 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12753 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12757 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12758 Display local help in the echo area.
12759 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12760 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12761 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12764 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12765 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12766 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12770 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12771 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12772 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12776 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12777 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12778 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12782 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12783 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12784 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12785 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12786 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12787 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12788 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12789 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12790 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12791 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12792 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12794 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12795 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12796 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12797 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12798 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12800 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12801 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12802 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12803 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12804 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12805 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12806 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12807 The default is `never'.")
12809 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12811 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12812 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12813 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12814 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12815 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12816 considered different regions.
12818 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12819 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12820 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12821 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12822 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12823 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12824 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12825 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12826 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12828 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12830 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12831 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12832 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12833 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12836 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12837 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12838 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12839 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12840 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12841 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12842 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12843 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12845 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12846 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12847 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12848 rarely happens in practice.
12850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12852 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12853 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12854 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12855 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12856 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12857 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12863 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12864 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12865 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12866 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20161 45793))
12867 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12869 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12870 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12872 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12874 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12875 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12876 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12878 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12880 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12881 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12882 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12883 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12884 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12885 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12886 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12887 search for a function definition.
12889 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12890 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12891 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12892 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12893 suitable file is found, return nil.
12895 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12897 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12900 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12902 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12903 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12904 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12905 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12907 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12909 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12910 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12911 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12912 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12913 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12914 it is displayed along with the global value.
12916 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12918 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12919 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12920 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12921 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12925 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12926 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12927 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12928 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12929 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12931 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12933 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12934 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12938 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12939 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12945 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12946 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12947 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12949 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12950 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12951 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12952 window listing and describing the options.
12953 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12954 gives the window that lists the options.")
12956 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12960 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12961 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12962 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20167
12964 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12966 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12967 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12968 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12974 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12979 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12984 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12985 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12987 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12988 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12989 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12990 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12992 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12993 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12994 restore it properly when going back.
12996 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12998 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12999 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13000 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13001 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13003 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13004 it does not already exist.
13008 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13009 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13011 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13012 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13013 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13014 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13015 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13016 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13017 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13018 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13020 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13021 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13022 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13023 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13025 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13026 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13029 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13031 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13032 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13033 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13034 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13035 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13036 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13038 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13040 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13041 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13042 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13043 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13044 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13046 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13048 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13049 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13051 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13055 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13056 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
13057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13059 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13060 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13064 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13065 Provide help for current mode.
13071 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13072 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
13073 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13075 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13076 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13077 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13078 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13079 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13081 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13082 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13084 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13085 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13086 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13087 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13089 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13090 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13093 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13098 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13099 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13100 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13101 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13102 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13103 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13104 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13105 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13106 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13107 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13108 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13109 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13110 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13111 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13112 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13114 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13115 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13116 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13118 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13121 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13123 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13124 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13125 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13127 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13128 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13129 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13131 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13132 into the buffer at the current point.
13134 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13135 into the buffer at the current point.
13137 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13138 into the buffer at the current point.
13140 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13142 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13143 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13145 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13147 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13151 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13152 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13153 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13154 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13156 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13158 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13159 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13160 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13166 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13167 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13168 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13169 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13172 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13173 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13174 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13175 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13176 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13178 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13179 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13180 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13181 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13182 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13183 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13185 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13186 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13188 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13189 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13190 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13191 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13193 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13194 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13196 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13197 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13199 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13200 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13201 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13202 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13203 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13204 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13205 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13206 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13207 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13208 function returns t.
13210 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13211 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13213 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13214 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13217 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13218 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13219 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13220 Patterns will be read until
13222 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13226 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13227 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13228 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13231 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13233 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13235 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13236 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13237 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13238 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13239 ARG is omitted or nil.
13241 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13242 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13243 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13247 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13249 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13250 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13252 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13253 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13254 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13255 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13256 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13258 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13260 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13262 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13263 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13265 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13266 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13267 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13268 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13269 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13271 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13273 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13275 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13276 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13278 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13279 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13281 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13283 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13285 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13286 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13288 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13289 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13290 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13291 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13292 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13294 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13296 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13297 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13299 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13300 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13301 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13308 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
13309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13311 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13312 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13315 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13317 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13318 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13319 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13320 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13323 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13324 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13327 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13328 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13329 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13330 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13331 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13334 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13335 #endif lines when hiding.
13337 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13338 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13341 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13342 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13343 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13345 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13351 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13352 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13355 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13356 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13357 Each element has the form
13358 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13360 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13361 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13363 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13364 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13366 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13367 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13368 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13369 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13370 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13371 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13373 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13374 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13376 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13377 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13379 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13380 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13381 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13383 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13384 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13385 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13386 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13387 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13389 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13390 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13391 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13393 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13394 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13396 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13399 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13403 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13404 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13410 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13411 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13412 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13413 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13414 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20164
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13418 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13419 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13420 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13421 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13422 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13424 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13425 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13426 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13429 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13430 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13431 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13432 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13433 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13434 through various faces.
13435 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13436 buffer with the contents of a file
13437 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13441 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13442 Toggle visiblility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13443 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13444 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13445 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13447 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13448 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13449 in a distinctive face.
13451 The default value can be customized with variable
13452 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13454 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13458 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13459 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13460 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13464 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13465 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13469 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13470 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13474 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13475 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13477 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13478 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13479 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13480 shown in the last face in the list.
13482 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13483 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13484 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13486 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13490 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13491 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13493 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13495 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13498 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13499 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13501 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13502 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13503 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13505 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13507 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13508 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13510 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13511 this function is called interactively.
13513 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13514 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13515 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13517 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13518 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13519 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13521 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13523 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13524 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13525 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13528 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13530 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13532 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13533 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13534 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13535 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13536 ARG is omitted or nil.
13538 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13539 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13540 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13547 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13548 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13549 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13550 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20167 36967))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13553 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13554 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13555 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13556 or insert functions in this list.")
13558 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13561 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13563 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13566 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13568 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13571 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13576 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13581 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13582 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13584 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13586 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13587 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13588 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13591 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13593 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13594 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13595 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13596 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13597 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13601 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13602 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13603 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13604 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13605 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13607 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13608 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13609 undoes the expansion.
13613 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13614 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13615 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13616 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13618 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13623 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13626 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13627 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13628 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13629 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13630 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13632 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13633 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13634 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13635 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13636 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13637 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13639 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13640 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13641 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13642 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13646 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13647 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13648 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13651 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13653 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13655 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13656 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13661 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13662 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13665 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13666 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13672 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13673 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13674 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13675 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13676 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20107 16822))
13677 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13679 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13681 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13682 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13683 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13685 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13687 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13689 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13691 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13693 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13695 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13697 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13699 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13701 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13703 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13705 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13707 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13709 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13711 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13712 User defined holidays.
13713 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13715 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13717 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13719 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13720 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13722 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13724 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13725 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13727 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13729 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13730 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13732 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13734 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13735 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13737 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13739 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13741 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13743 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13745 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13747 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13749 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13751 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13752 Christian holidays.
13753 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13755 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13757 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13759 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13761 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13763 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13765 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13767 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13769 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13771 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13773 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13775 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13777 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13779 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13781 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13782 Sun-related holidays.
13783 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13785 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13787 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13789 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13791 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13792 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13793 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13794 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13798 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13799 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13800 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13801 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13802 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13804 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13805 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13807 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13808 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13810 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13811 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13812 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13813 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13816 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13818 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13820 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13824 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20164
13826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13828 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13829 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13835 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13836 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20183 25152))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13839 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13840 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13841 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13842 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13845 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13846 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13849 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13850 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13852 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13853 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13854 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13856 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13858 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13859 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13860 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13862 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13864 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13868 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13869 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13873 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13874 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13876 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13877 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13878 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13880 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13881 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13882 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13883 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13884 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13885 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13887 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13888 title of the column.
13890 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13891 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13892 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13893 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13894 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13896 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13898 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13900 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13901 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13902 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13903 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13904 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13906 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13907 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13908 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13910 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13912 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13914 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13915 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13916 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13917 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13918 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13919 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13921 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13922 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13923 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13924 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13925 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13926 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13927 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13928 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13930 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13931 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13932 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13933 buffer's modification flag.
13934 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13935 prompted before performing this operation.
13936 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13937 operation is complete, in the form:
13938 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13939 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13940 confirmation message, in the form:
13941 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13942 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13943 macro for exactly what it does.
13945 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13947 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13949 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13950 Define a filter named NAME.
13951 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13952 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13953 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13955 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13956 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13957 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13958 bound to the current value of the filter.
13960 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13962 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13967 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20162 19074))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13971 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13972 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13973 buffers which are visiting a file.
13975 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13978 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13979 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13980 buffers which are visiting a file.
13982 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13985 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13986 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13988 All arguments are optional.
13989 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13990 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13991 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13992 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13993 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13994 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13995 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13996 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13997 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13998 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13999 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14000 that value locally in this buffer.
14002 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14006 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14007 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14008 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20164 29468))
14009 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14011 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14012 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14013 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14014 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14016 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14018 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14019 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14020 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14021 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14023 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14024 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14025 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14027 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14029 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14030 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14031 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14032 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14033 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14034 non-marking or not.
14036 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14038 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14039 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14041 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14042 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14045 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14046 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14047 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14049 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14052 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14053 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14054 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14056 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14060 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20127
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14064 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14065 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14066 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14069 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14071 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14073 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14074 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14083 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14086 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14087 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14088 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14089 Tab indents for Icon code.
14090 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14091 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14093 Variables controlling indentation style:
14094 icon-tab-always-indent
14095 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14096 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14098 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14099 inserted in Icon code.
14101 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14102 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14103 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14104 icon-continued-statement-offset
14105 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14106 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14107 icon-continued-brace-offset
14108 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14109 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14111 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14112 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14113 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14114 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14116 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14117 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14123 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14124 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
14125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14127 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14128 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14129 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14130 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14132 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14133 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14136 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14137 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14139 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14140 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14141 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14143 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14145 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14149 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14150 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14153 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14154 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14156 The main features of this mode are
14158 1. Indentation and Formatting
14159 --------------------------
14160 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14161 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14163 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14164 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14165 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14166 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14168 Comments are indented as follows:
14170 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14171 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14172 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14174 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14176 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14177 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14178 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14179 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14180 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14181 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14183 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14184 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14185 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14186 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14190 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14191 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14192 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14193 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14194 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14195 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14196 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14197 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14198 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14199 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14204 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14205 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14206 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14207 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14211 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14212 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14213 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14214 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14215 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14218 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14219 --------------------------------
14220 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14221 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14223 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14224 \\fu FUNCTION template
14225 \\c CASE statement template
14226 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14227 \\f FOR loop template
14228 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14229 \\w WHILE loop template
14230 \\i IF statement template
14231 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14234 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14235 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14237 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14238 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14239 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14240 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14242 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14243 -------------------------
14244 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14245 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14247 7. Automatic END completion
14248 ------------------------
14249 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14250 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14254 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14255 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14257 9. Documentation and Customization
14258 -------------------------------
14259 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14260 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14261 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14262 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14263 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14267 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14268 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14269 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14271 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14277 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14278 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14279 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14280 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14281 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14282 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14283 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14284 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20178
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14288 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14289 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14290 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14291 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14293 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14294 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14295 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14298 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14300 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14302 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14303 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14304 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14305 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14306 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14307 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14308 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14309 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14310 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14314 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14315 Switch to another buffer.
14316 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14317 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14320 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14321 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14322 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14323 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14324 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14326 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14327 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14329 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14330 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14332 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14333 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14334 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14335 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14336 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14337 in a separate window.
14338 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14339 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14340 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14341 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14342 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14343 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14344 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14345 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14346 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14350 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14351 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14352 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14353 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14357 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14358 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14359 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14360 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14364 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14366 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14367 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14371 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14372 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14373 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14374 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14378 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14379 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14380 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14381 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14385 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14386 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14390 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14391 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14392 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14393 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14394 visible in another frame.
14396 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14397 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14398 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14399 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14400 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14401 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14403 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14404 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14406 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14407 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14409 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14410 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14411 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14412 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14413 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14414 in a separate window.
14415 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14416 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14417 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14418 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14419 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14420 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14421 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14422 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14423 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14424 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14425 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14426 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14427 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14428 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14429 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14433 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14434 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14435 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14436 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14440 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14441 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14442 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14443 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14447 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14448 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14449 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14450 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14454 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14455 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14456 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14457 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14461 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14462 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14463 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14464 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14468 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14469 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14470 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14471 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14475 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14476 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14477 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14478 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14482 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14483 Write current buffer to a file.
14484 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14485 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14489 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14490 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14491 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14492 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14496 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14497 Call `dired' the ido way.
14498 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14499 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14503 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14504 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14505 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14506 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14507 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14508 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14510 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14512 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14513 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14514 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14515 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14517 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14519 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14520 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14521 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14522 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14524 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14526 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14527 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14528 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14529 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14530 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14531 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14532 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14533 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14534 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14535 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14536 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14537 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14538 with point positioned at the end.
14539 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14540 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14542 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14546 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20077 56412))
14547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14549 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14550 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14551 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14558 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14560 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14562 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14563 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14569 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14570 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14571 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14572 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14573 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14574 ;;;;;; (20084 29660))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14577 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14578 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14579 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14582 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14584 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14585 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14586 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14591 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14592 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14593 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14596 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14598 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14599 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14600 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14603 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14605 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14606 Determine and return image type.
14607 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14608 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14609 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14610 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14611 use its file extension as image type.
14612 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14614 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14616 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14617 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14618 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14620 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14622 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14623 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14624 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14626 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14627 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14628 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14629 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14634 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14636 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14637 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14638 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14639 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14640 use its file extension as image type.
14641 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14642 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14643 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14644 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14646 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14648 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14649 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14650 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14652 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14654 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14655 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14656 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14657 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14658 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14659 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14660 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14661 POS may be an integer or marker.
14662 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14663 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14664 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14665 means display it in the right marginal area.
14667 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14669 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14670 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14671 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14672 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14673 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14674 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14675 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14676 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14677 means display it in the right marginal area.
14678 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14679 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14680 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14681 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14682 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14684 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14686 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14687 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14688 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14689 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14690 defaulted if you omit it.
14691 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14692 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14693 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14694 means display it in the right marginal area.
14695 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14697 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14699 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14700 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14701 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14702 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14704 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14706 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14707 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14709 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14711 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14712 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14713 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14714 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14715 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14716 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14717 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14718 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14721 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14723 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14725 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14727 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14728 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14730 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14731 documentation string.
14733 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14734 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14735 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14736 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14737 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14738 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14739 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14744 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14745 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14747 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14749 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14751 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14752 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14753 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14754 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14755 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14756 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14758 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14764 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14765 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14766 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14767 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14768 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14769 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14770 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14771 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20168 57844))
14772 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14774 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14775 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14776 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14777 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14778 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14779 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14783 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14784 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14786 Convenience command that:
14788 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14789 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14790 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14792 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14793 image files in dired and type
14794 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14796 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14798 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14799 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14801 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14803 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14804 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14805 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14806 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14807 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14810 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14811 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14812 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14814 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14815 instead of erasing it first.
14817 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14818 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14819 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14820 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14821 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14822 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14824 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14826 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14827 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14828 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14829 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14834 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14836 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14838 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14839 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14843 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14844 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14845 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14849 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14850 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14854 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14855 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14856 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14857 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14861 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14862 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14866 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14867 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14871 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14872 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14876 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14877 Display current image file.
14878 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14879 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14883 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14884 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14888 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14889 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14890 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14891 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14892 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14893 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14894 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14898 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14899 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14900 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14907 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14908 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14909 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20127 62865))
14910 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14912 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14913 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14914 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14915 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14917 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14918 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14919 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14920 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14922 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14924 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14925 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14926 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14927 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14929 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14930 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14931 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14932 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14934 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14936 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14937 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14941 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14942 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14943 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14944 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14946 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14948 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14949 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14950 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14953 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14955 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14957 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14958 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
14959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
14960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14963 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
14964 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14965 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14971 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14972 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20160 63745))
14973 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14975 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14976 Major mode for image files.
14977 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14978 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14982 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14983 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
14984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
14985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14988 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
14989 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
14992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14994 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14995 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14996 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14997 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14998 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14999 to display an image file as the actual image.
15001 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15002 to display an image file as text initially.
15004 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15009 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15012 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15016 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15017 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15020 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15021 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15023 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15025 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15026 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15029 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15031 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15032 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15033 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15035 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15037 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15038 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15040 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15041 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15042 pattern's structure.
15044 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15045 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15046 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15048 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15050 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15052 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15053 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15055 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15056 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15057 called within a `save-excursion'.
15059 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15061 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15063 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15064 Function for finding the next index position.
15066 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15067 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15068 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15071 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15072 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15074 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15076 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15077 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15079 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15080 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15081 It should return the name for that index item.")
15083 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15085 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15086 Function to compare string with index item.
15088 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15089 non-nil if they match.
15091 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15092 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15093 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15094 arguments match\".")
15096 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15098 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15099 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15100 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15102 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15103 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15105 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15107 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15109 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15110 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15111 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15112 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15116 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15117 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15119 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15123 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15124 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15125 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15126 for more information.
15128 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15132 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15133 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15134 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20097 41737))
15135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15137 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15138 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15140 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15142 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15145 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15147 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15150 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15152 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15155 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15157 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15158 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15164 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15165 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20168 57844))
15167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15169 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15170 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15171 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15172 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15173 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15175 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
15177 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
15178 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15180 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
15182 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15183 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15184 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15185 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15186 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15187 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15188 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15189 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15191 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
15193 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15194 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15195 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15196 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15197 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15199 This variable is only used if the variable
15200 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15202 More precise choices:
15203 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15204 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15207 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15209 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
15211 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
15212 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15214 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15215 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15216 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15218 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15219 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15220 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15221 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15225 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15230 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15231 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15232 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15233 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20172 54913))
15234 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15236 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15237 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15239 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
15240 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15242 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15243 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15244 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15245 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15246 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15247 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15248 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15249 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15250 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15251 with the top-level Info directory.
15253 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15254 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15255 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15256 appended to the Info buffer name.
15258 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15259 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15260 in all the directories in that path.
15262 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15264 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15266 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15267 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15271 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15272 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15273 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15274 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15278 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15279 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15280 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15281 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15283 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15285 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15286 Go to the Info directory node.
15290 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15291 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15292 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15293 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15294 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15295 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15297 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15299 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15300 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15301 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15303 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15305 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15306 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15307 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15308 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15309 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15311 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15313 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15314 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15315 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15316 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15317 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15319 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15320 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15322 Selecting other nodes:
15323 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15324 Follow a node reference you click on.
15325 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15326 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15327 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15328 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15329 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15330 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15331 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15332 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15333 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15334 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15335 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15336 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15337 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15338 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15339 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15340 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15341 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15342 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15343 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15344 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15346 Moving within a node:
15347 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15348 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15349 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15350 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15351 move up to the parent node.
15352 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15353 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15355 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15358 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15359 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15360 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15361 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15362 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15363 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15364 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15365 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15366 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15367 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15368 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15369 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15370 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15371 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15372 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15373 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15376 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15378 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15379 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15380 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15381 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15382 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15383 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15385 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15386 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15388 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15389 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15391 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15392 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15393 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15394 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15398 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15399 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15400 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15404 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15405 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15406 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15408 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15410 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15411 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15413 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15417 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15418 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15419 ;;;;;; (19984 16846))
15420 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15422 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15423 Throw away all cached data.
15424 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15425 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15429 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15431 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15432 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15433 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15434 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15435 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15436 one found at point.
15438 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15440 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15441 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15443 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15444 Display the documentation of a file.
15445 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15446 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15447 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15448 The default file name is the one found at point.
15450 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15452 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15454 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15455 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15457 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15459 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15460 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15462 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15466 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15467 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15468 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15471 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15472 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15473 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15474 current info file is the default.
15476 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15477 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15478 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15479 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15480 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15482 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15483 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15484 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15485 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15486 mistake in the reference.
15488 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15489 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15490 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15492 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15493 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15494 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15495 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15497 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15499 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15500 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15501 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15502 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15505 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15506 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15507 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15508 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15509 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15510 should be harmless.
15514 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15515 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15516 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15517 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15519 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15520 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15521 and can take a long time.
15525 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15526 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15527 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15529 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15531 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15532 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15534 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15535 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15536 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15537 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15540 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15541 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15542 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15543 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15546 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15550 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15551 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15552 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15554 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15555 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15557 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15559 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15560 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15562 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15564 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15565 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15566 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15567 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15569 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15570 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15571 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15573 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15574 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15575 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15576 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15580 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15581 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15582 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15586 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15587 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15588 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15589 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15590 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15597 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15598 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15601 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15602 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15606 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15607 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15611 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15614 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15618 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15622 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15623 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15624 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15625 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15626 accessed via isearchb.
15632 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15633 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15634 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15635 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15636 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15638 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15639 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15640 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15641 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15642 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15644 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15646 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15647 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15648 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15649 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15650 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15652 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15654 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15655 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15656 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15657 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15658 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15660 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15662 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15663 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15664 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15665 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15666 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15670 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15671 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15672 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15673 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15674 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15676 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15678 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15679 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15680 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15681 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15682 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15684 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15686 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15687 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15688 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15689 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15690 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15692 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15694 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15695 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15696 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15697 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15699 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15701 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15702 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15703 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15704 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15706 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15708 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15709 Warn that format is read-only.
15711 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15713 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15714 Warn that format is write-only.
15716 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15718 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15719 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15726 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15728 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15729 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15730 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15734 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15735 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15736 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15737 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15738 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20178 7273))
15739 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15741 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15743 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15744 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15745 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15746 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15747 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15749 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15751 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15753 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15754 Key map for ispell menu.")
15756 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15757 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15758 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15759 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15761 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15763 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15765 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15767 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15769 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15770 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15771 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15772 Valid forms include:
15773 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15774 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15775 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15776 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15778 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15779 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15780 First list is used raw.
15781 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15783 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15784 for skipping in latex mode.")
15786 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15787 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15788 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15789 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15790 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15791 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15792 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15794 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15795 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15796 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15797 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15799 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15800 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15801 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15802 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15803 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15805 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15806 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15808 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15809 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15811 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15812 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15814 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15815 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15818 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15819 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15820 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15821 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15822 quit spell session exited.
15824 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15826 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15827 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15828 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15830 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15832 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15833 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15837 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15838 SPC: Accept word this time.
15839 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15840 `a': Accept word for this session.
15841 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15842 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15843 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15844 `?': Show these commands.
15845 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15846 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15847 the aborted check to be completed later.
15848 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15849 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15850 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15851 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15852 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15853 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15854 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15858 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15859 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15860 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15862 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15864 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15865 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15866 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15867 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15869 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15871 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15873 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15874 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15875 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15876 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15878 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15880 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15881 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15885 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15886 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15890 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15891 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15895 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15896 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15897 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15898 sequence inside of a word.
15900 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15902 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15904 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15905 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15909 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15910 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15911 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15912 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15914 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15915 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15916 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15917 available on the net.
15921 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15922 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
15923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
15924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15927 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local mior mode. When enabled,
15928 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
15931 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
15932 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
15935 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
15936 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
15938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15940 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15941 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15942 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15943 Don't check included messages.
15945 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15946 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15947 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15949 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15950 in your .emacs file:
15951 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15952 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15953 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15954 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15956 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15957 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15958 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15964 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20168
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15968 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15969 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15970 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15972 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15973 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15975 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15977 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15978 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
15979 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
15980 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15981 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15983 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
15984 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
15986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15991 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15992 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15993 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15996 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16001 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16002 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16003 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16004 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16005 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16006 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16007 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16008 necessary to represent OBJ.
16010 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16012 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16013 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16014 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16015 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16017 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16019 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16020 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16021 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16022 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16023 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16025 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16027 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16028 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16029 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16030 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16032 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16034 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16035 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16036 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16037 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16041 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16042 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16044 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16046 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16047 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16048 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16049 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16050 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16054 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16055 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16056 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16057 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16058 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16060 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16062 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16063 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16064 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16066 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16070 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16071 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20000 30139))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16074 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16075 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16076 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16077 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16079 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16082 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16084 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16085 Uninstall jka-compr.
16086 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16087 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16088 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20167 36967))
16095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16097 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16098 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16102 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16107 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16108 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16111 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16112 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16113 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16114 decimal key must be specified.")
16116 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16118 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16119 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16120 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16121 decimal key must be specified.")
16123 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16125 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16126 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16127 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16128 decimal key must be specified.")
16130 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16132 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16133 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16134 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16135 decimal key must be specified.")
16137 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16139 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16140 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16141 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16142 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16143 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16147 -------------------------------------------------------------
16148 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16149 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16150 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16151 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16152 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16153 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16154 in the global and local keymaps.
16156 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16157 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16159 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16163 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16164 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16167 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16168 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16169 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16171 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16172 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16173 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16174 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16177 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16178 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16179 the context of text formatting.
16181 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16185 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
16187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16189 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16190 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16191 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16192 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16193 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16194 positions that contains the current selection.")
16196 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16197 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16198 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16199 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16200 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16201 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16202 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16208 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16209 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16210 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16211 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20164 60780))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16213 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16214 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16215 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16216 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16217 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16218 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16219 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16221 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16222 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16224 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16226 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16227 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16228 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16229 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16230 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16232 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16234 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16235 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16236 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16238 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16239 defining the macro.
16241 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16242 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16243 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16245 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16246 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16250 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16251 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16252 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16253 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16254 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16257 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16258 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16259 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16263 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16264 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16265 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16267 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16268 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16269 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16270 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16272 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16273 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16275 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16278 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16279 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16281 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16284 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16285 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16287 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16288 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16289 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16291 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16292 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16296 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16297 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16298 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16299 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16301 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16304 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16305 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16306 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16308 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16309 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16311 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16313 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16314 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16315 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16317 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16321 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16322 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
16323 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16325 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16326 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16327 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16329 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16336 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16337 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
16338 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16340 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16342 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16343 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16347 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16348 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16349 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16350 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16352 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16353 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16354 none / 1 | yes | no
16359 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16360 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16361 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16367 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16368 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16369 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20165 31925))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16372 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16375 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16377 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16378 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16379 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16380 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16381 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16382 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16384 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16385 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16389 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16390 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16392 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16394 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16397 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16399 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16407 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16408 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16411 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16412 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16413 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16414 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16416 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16418 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16419 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16420 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16422 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16424 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16425 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16426 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16430 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16431 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16432 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16433 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16435 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16440 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16443 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16444 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16445 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16446 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16447 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16448 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16449 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16450 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16452 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16453 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16456 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16458 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16460 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16461 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16462 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16463 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16464 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16465 `latin1-display-setup'.
16467 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16469 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16470 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16471 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16472 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16475 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16477 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16485 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16486 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16493 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16494 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16496 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16497 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16499 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16500 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16502 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16503 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16505 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16506 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16507 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16508 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16509 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16510 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16511 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16512 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16513 and transmit saved text.
16516 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16517 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16521 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16528 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16531 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16532 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16533 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16534 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16535 generations (this defaults to 1).
16537 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16541 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16542 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20127 62865))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16545 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16546 Format used to display line numbers.
16547 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16548 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16549 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16550 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16552 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16554 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16555 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16557 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16560 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16564 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16565 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16566 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16569 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16571 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16573 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16574 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16575 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16576 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16577 ARG is omitted or nil.
16579 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16580 `linum-on' would do it.
16581 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20168
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16591 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16592 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16593 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16594 is nil, raise an error.
16596 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16597 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16598 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16599 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16600 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16601 defined by the library.
16603 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16604 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16605 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16606 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16607 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16610 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16611 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16612 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16613 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16615 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16619 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16620 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16621 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16623 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16624 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16625 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16627 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16629 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16630 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16631 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16632 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16634 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16635 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16636 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16637 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16638 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16639 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16642 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16643 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16645 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16646 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16648 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16649 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16651 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16653 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16654 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16655 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16656 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16657 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16658 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16659 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16660 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16661 to constrain a big search.
16663 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16665 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16666 except that FILTER is not optional.
16668 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16672 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20138 33157))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16675 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16676 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16677 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16679 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16680 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16681 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16682 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16683 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16685 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16686 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16687 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16688 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16689 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16691 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16692 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16693 uses the current buffer.
16695 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19946
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16703 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16704 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20127
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16714 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16715 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16717 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16718 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16720 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16721 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16722 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16725 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16726 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16727 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16729 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16730 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16736 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16737 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20174
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16741 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16742 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16744 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16745 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16747 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16748 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16749 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16751 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16752 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16754 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16755 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16756 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16757 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16758 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16759 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16760 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16762 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16764 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16765 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16766 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16767 switch on this list.
16768 See `lpr-command'.")
16770 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16772 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16773 Name of program for printing a file.
16775 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16776 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16777 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16778 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16779 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16780 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16783 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16785 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16786 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16787 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16788 for customization of the printer command.
16792 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16793 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16795 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16796 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16797 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16798 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16800 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16801 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16803 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16804 for further customization of the printer command.
16808 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16809 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16810 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16811 for customization of the printer command.
16813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16815 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16816 Paginate and print the region contents.
16818 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16819 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16820 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16821 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16823 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16824 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16826 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16827 for further customization of the printer command.
16829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16833 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16834 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16835 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16837 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16838 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16839 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16841 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16849 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16850 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16851 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16852 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16856 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16860 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16864 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16865 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16872 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16875 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16876 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16877 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16878 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16879 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16881 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16885 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16886 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16889 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16890 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16891 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16892 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16893 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16895 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16898 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16899 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16900 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16902 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16903 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16904 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16905 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16908 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16909 use this command, and then save the file.
16911 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16913 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16914 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16915 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16916 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16917 each time the macro executes.
16918 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16919 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16920 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16921 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16922 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16923 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16924 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16928 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16929 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16930 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16931 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16933 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16934 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16935 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16938 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16939 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16941 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16942 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16943 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16944 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16945 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16947 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16950 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16951 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16952 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16954 You could enter the names in this format:
16960 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16963 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16966 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16967 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16969 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16970 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16975 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20160 63745))
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16978 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16979 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16980 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16981 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16982 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16983 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16985 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16986 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16987 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16988 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16989 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16991 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16992 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16993 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16996 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16998 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16999 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17001 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17005 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17006 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17007 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17010 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17011 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17015 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17020 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17021 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17023 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17025 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17026 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17027 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17030 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17036 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17037 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17038 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17039 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17042 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17043 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17044 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17045 often correct parser.")
17047 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17049 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17050 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17051 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17052 a value which excludes your own email address.
17054 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17055 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17057 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17059 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17060 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17062 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17064 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17065 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17066 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17067 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17069 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17071 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17072 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17073 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17074 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17076 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17078 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17079 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17080 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17081 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17083 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17085 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17086 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17087 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17088 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17089 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17090 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17091 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17092 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17093 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17096 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17098 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17099 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17100 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17101 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17102 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17103 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17104 matches may be returned from the message body.
17106 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17110 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17111 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20127
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17115 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17116 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17117 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17120 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17122 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17124 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17125 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17127 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17128 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17130 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17131 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17132 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17133 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17137 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17138 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17142 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17143 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17144 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17146 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17148 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17149 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17150 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17152 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17153 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17154 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17157 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17162 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17163 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
17164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17166 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17167 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17168 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17170 If `parens', they look like:
17171 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17172 If `angles', they look like:
17173 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17175 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17177 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17178 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17179 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17180 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17181 their `Resent-' variants.
17183 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17184 removed from alias expansions.
17186 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17188 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17189 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17190 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17192 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17193 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17194 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17195 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17197 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17199 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17200 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17201 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17205 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17206 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17207 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17208 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17215 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17218 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17219 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17220 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17221 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17227 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17228 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17229 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20176 51947))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17232 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17233 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17235 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17236 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17237 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17238 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17239 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17240 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17242 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17243 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17244 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17245 dependency, despite the colon.
17247 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17249 In the browser, use the following keys:
17251 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17253 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17255 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17256 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17258 `makefile-target-colon':
17259 The string that gets appended to all target names
17260 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17261 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17263 `makefile-macro-assign':
17264 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17265 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17266 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17267 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17268 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17269 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17271 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17272 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17273 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17275 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17276 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17278 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17279 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17280 up or down in the browser.
17282 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17283 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17285 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17286 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17288 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17289 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17290 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17291 has been selected in the browser.
17293 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17294 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17295 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17296 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17297 filenames are omitted.
17299 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17300 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17301 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17302 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17303 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17304 the backslash itself intact.
17305 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17306 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17308 `makefile-browser-hook':
17309 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17310 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17312 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17313 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17314 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17315 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17319 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17320 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17324 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17325 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17329 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17330 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17334 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17335 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17339 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17340 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17346 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
17348 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17350 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17351 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17352 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17358 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17359 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
17360 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17362 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17364 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17365 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17366 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17367 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17368 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17369 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17370 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17371 page, it will display immediately.
17373 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17374 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17375 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17380 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17381 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17382 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17383 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17387 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17388 otherwise look like a page name.
17393 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17394 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17395 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17399 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17401 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17402 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17404 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17406 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17407 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17409 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20127 62865))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17416 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17417 Toggle Master mode.
17418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17419 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17420 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17422 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17423 using the following commands:
17425 \\{master-mode-map}
17427 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17428 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17429 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17435 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17436 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
17437 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17439 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17440 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17441 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17444 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17446 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17448 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17449 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17450 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17451 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17452 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17454 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17455 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17456 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17457 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17464 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17465 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17466 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17467 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17468 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17469 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20183 25152))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17472 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17474 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17475 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17476 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17477 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17478 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17479 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17480 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17481 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17482 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17483 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17484 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17485 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17486 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17487 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17488 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17489 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17490 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17491 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17492 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17493 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17494 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17495 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17496 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17497 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17498 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17499 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17500 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17501 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17502 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17503 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17504 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17505 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17506 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17507 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17508 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17509 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17510 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17511 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17515 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17516 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17517 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17518 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17519 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17521 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17523 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17524 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17526 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17528 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17529 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17531 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17533 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17534 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17536 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17538 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17539 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17540 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17542 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17544 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17545 Cancel an article you posted.
17546 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17550 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17551 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17552 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17553 header line with the old Message-ID.
17557 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17558 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17562 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17563 Forward the current message via mail.
17564 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17565 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17567 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17569 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17572 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17574 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17577 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17579 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17580 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17584 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17585 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17587 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17589 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17590 Re-mail the current message.
17591 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17592 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17597 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17598 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17600 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17602 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17603 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17605 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17607 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17608 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17610 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17612 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17613 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17615 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17617 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17618 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17619 Works by overstriking characters.
17620 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17621 which specify the range to operate on.
17623 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17625 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17626 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17627 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17628 which specify the range to operate on.
17630 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17634 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17635 ;;;;;; (20164 60780))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17638 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17639 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17643 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17644 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17650 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17651 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17652 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17655 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17656 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17657 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17661 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17662 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17663 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17664 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17665 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17666 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17667 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17669 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17671 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17672 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17673 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17674 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17675 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17677 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17678 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17680 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17682 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17683 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17684 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17685 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17686 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17688 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17689 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17691 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17695 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17696 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17697 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20160 63745))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17700 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17701 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17702 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17706 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17707 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17708 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17712 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17713 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17715 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17716 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17717 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17719 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17720 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17722 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17723 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17725 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17727 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17729 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17730 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17731 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17732 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17733 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17736 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17737 initial Subject field, respectively.
17739 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17740 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17743 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17744 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17746 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17748 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17749 Save draft and send message.
17751 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17752 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17753 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17756 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17757 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17758 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17760 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17761 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17762 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17763 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17764 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17765 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17767 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17768 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17770 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17771 message and scan line.
17773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17776 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17778 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17779 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17780 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17781 delete the draft message.
17787 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20170 13157))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17790 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17792 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17794 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17796 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17797 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17803 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17804 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20004 2139))
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17807 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17808 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17809 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17811 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17812 the MH mail system.
17814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17816 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17817 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17818 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17820 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17821 the MH mail system.
17823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17825 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17826 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17828 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17829 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17830 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17833 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17834 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17835 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17838 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17842 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17843 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17844 can be used in several ways.
17846 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17847 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17848 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17849 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17853 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17854 The range must be nonempty.
17859 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17860 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17867 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17870 All of the messages.
17872 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17873 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17875 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17876 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17877 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17879 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17885 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17886 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17887 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17889 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17890 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17891 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17892 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17893 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17894 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17895 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17896 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17897 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17898 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17899 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17903 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17904 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17905 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17906 to its second argument TM.
17908 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17912 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17913 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20127 62865))
17914 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17916 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17917 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17918 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17921 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17923 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17925 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17926 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17928 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17929 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17931 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
17932 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
17933 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
17934 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
17935 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
17936 is modified to remove the default indication.
17938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17942 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17943 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17944 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17946 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17947 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17948 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17949 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17950 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17951 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17952 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17953 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17954 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17958 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17959 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17960 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17961 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17962 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17963 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17964 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17965 The return value is always nil.
17967 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17971 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17972 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17973 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20168 57844))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17975 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17977 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17978 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17980 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17981 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17982 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17985 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17986 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17987 end of the search space).
17989 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17990 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17991 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17992 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17993 should return the previous buffer to search.
17995 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17996 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17997 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17999 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18000 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18001 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18004 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18005 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18006 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18008 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18009 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18010 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18014 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18015 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18016 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18017 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18018 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18019 whose names match the specified regexp.
18021 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18023 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18024 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18025 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18026 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18027 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18028 whose names match the specified regexp.
18030 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18032 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18033 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18034 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18035 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18036 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18037 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18038 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18040 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18042 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18043 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18044 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18045 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18046 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18047 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18048 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18050 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18054 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18055 ;;;;;; (20162 19074))
18056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18058 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18059 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18066 ;;;;;; (20075 14682))
18067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18069 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18070 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18072 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18076 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18077 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18080 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18081 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18083 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18085 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18086 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18087 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18088 the entire message.
18089 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18091 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18096 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18099 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18100 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18101 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18102 the entire message.
18103 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18105 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18109 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18110 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
18111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18113 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18114 Insert file contents of URL.
18115 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18117 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18119 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18120 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18122 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18126 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18127 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
18128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18130 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18131 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18132 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18133 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18134 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18136 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18138 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18139 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18140 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18142 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18146 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18147 ;;;;;; (20183 25152))
18148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18150 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18151 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18155 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18156 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18157 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18158 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18160 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18161 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18162 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18163 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18164 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18165 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18167 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18171 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18172 ;;;;;; (20124 236))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18175 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18178 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18180 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18183 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18187 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18188 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18189 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20124 236))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18192 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18195 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18197 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18200 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18202 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18205 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18207 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18210 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18212 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18215 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18217 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18220 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18222 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20159
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18233 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18235 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18236 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18237 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18238 followed by the first character of the construct.
18240 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18241 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18242 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18243 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18244 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18245 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18246 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18247 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18248 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18249 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18250 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18251 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18252 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18255 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18256 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18257 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18263 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18264 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
18265 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18267 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18268 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18270 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18272 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18273 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18275 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18277 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18278 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18280 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18282 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18283 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18285 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18290 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18293 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18294 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18296 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18297 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18298 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18300 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18301 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18302 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18304 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18305 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18307 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18308 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18309 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18310 hemisphere you're in.)
18312 To test this function, evaluate:
18313 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18315 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18317 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18318 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18320 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18321 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18323 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18324 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18325 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18327 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18328 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18330 To test this function, evaluate:
18331 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18333 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18337 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20168
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18341 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18342 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18343 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18346 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18348 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18350 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18351 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18353 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18354 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18356 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18357 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18359 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18360 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18361 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18362 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18363 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18365 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18366 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18367 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18368 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18369 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18371 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18372 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18374 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18375 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20178 7273))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18384 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18385 Main entry point for MPC.
18391 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18394 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18395 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18401 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20127 62865))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18404 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18405 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18406 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18409 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18411 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18413 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18417 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18419 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18420 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18426 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18427 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18428 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18429 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18430 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18431 ;;;;;; (20160 63745))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18434 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18435 Display a list of all character sets.
18437 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18438 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18439 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18440 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18441 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18443 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18444 but still shows the full information.
18448 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18449 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18450 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18452 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18453 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18454 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18455 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18456 meanings of these arguments.
18458 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18460 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18461 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18463 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18465 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18466 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18468 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18470 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18471 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18473 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18475 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18476 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18478 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18479 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18481 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18482 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18483 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18484 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18485 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18486 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18487 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18488 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18489 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18490 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18491 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18492 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18493 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18494 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18495 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18496 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18500 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18501 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18505 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18506 Display a list of all coding systems.
18507 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18509 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18510 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18514 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18515 Display a list of all coding categories.
18519 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18520 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18521 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18523 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18525 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18526 Display information about FONTSET.
18527 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18529 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18531 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18532 Display a list of all fontsets.
18533 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18534 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18535 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18539 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18540 Display information about all input methods.
18544 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18547 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18548 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18549 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18550 system which uses fontsets).
18554 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18555 Show log of font listing and opening.
18556 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18557 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18559 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18563 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18564 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18565 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18566 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18567 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18568 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18571 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18572 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18573 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18575 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18577 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18579 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18580 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18582 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18583 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18585 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18586 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18588 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18590 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18591 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18592 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18593 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18594 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18595 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18596 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18598 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18599 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18600 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18601 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18602 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18603 middle of a character in STR.
18605 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18606 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18608 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18609 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18610 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18611 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18612 defaults to \"...\".
18614 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18616 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18617 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18619 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18620 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18621 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18623 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18624 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18625 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18627 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18628 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18629 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18631 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18632 longer than KEYSEQ.
18633 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18635 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18637 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18638 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18639 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18640 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18641 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18642 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18643 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18644 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18645 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18646 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18647 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18649 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18651 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18652 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18654 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18656 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18657 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18659 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18661 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18662 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18664 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18666 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18667 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18669 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18671 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18672 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18673 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18674 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18675 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18677 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18678 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18680 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18681 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18682 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18683 coding systems ordered by priority.
18685 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18687 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18688 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18689 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18690 language environment LANG-ENV.
18692 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18695 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18696 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18697 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18698 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18699 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18701 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18705 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18706 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18707 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18708 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18710 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18712 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18713 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18717 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18718 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18722 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18723 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18727 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18728 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18732 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18733 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18737 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18738 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18740 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18742 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18744 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18745 `ping-program-options'.
18749 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18750 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18754 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18755 Run nslookup program.
18759 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18760 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18764 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18769 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18774 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18775 Finger USER on HOST.
18777 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18779 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18780 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18781 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18782 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18784 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18786 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18791 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18792 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18794 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18796 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18797 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18799 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18803 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18807 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18808 Return a user name/password pair.
18809 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18810 listed in the PORTS list.
18812 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18816 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18817 ;;;;;; (20122 44898))
18818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18820 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18821 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18822 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18823 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18824 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18827 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18829 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18830 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18831 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18832 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18833 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18834 a port number to connect to.
18836 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18839 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18841 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18842 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18843 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18844 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18845 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18846 an unencrypted connection.
18847 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18848 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18849 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18850 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18851 returned object is a killed process.
18852 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18853 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18854 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18856 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18857 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18858 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18859 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18860 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18861 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18862 or nil if none could be found.
18863 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18864 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18866 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18868 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18869 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18870 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18872 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18873 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18874 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18876 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18877 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18878 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18880 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18881 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18882 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18883 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18885 :always-query-capabilies says whether to query the server for
18886 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18888 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18889 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18890 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18891 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18892 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18893 or STARTTLS connections.
18895 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18896 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18899 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18900 asynchronously, if possible.
18902 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18904 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18908 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18909 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18910 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18911 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18912 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18913 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20087 5852))
18914 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18916 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18918 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18920 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18922 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18924 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18925 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18926 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18927 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18928 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18929 Major modes should set this variable.")
18931 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18932 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18933 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18934 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18935 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18936 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18938 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18939 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18941 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18942 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18943 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18945 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18946 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18947 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18948 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18949 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18951 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18952 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18953 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18955 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18956 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18957 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18958 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18960 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18961 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18962 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18963 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18964 column indentation or nil.
18965 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18967 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18968 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18969 The function has no args.
18971 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18972 comments always start in column zero.")
18974 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18975 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18976 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18978 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18980 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18981 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18982 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18983 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18985 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18986 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18988 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18990 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18991 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18992 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18993 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18994 customize this variable.
18996 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18997 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18999 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19001 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19002 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19003 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19004 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19005 the variables are properly set.
19007 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19009 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19010 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19014 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19015 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19016 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19018 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19020 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19021 Set the comment column based on point.
19022 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19023 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19024 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19025 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19029 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19030 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19031 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19035 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19036 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19037 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19040 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19042 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19043 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19044 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19045 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19046 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19048 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19049 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19050 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19052 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19053 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19054 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19055 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19056 changed with `comment-style'.
19058 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19060 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19061 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19062 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19063 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19065 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19067 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19068 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19069 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19070 is passed on to the respective function.
19072 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19074 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19075 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19076 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19077 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19078 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19079 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19080 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19081 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19082 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19083 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19087 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19088 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19089 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19091 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19093 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19094 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19095 This indents the body of the continued comment
19096 under the previous comment line.
19098 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19099 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19100 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19102 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19103 or comment indentation.
19105 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19106 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19108 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19112 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19113 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19117 Check whether newsticker is running.
19118 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19119 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19123 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19124 Start the newsticker.
19125 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19126 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19127 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19128 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19130 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19134 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19135 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19139 Start newsticker plainview.
19145 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19146 ;;;;;; (20094 65493))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19149 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19150 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19157 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19160 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19161 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19162 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19163 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19168 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19169 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19170 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19177 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19178 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19181 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19182 Start newsticker treeview.
19188 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19189 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19192 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19193 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19195 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19203 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19204 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19205 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19206 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19207 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19208 symbol in the alist.
19210 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19214 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19215 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19218 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19219 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19220 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19227 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19230 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19231 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19233 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19237 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19238 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19241 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19242 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19243 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19245 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19247 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19250 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19252 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19253 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19254 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19255 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19256 to future sessions.
19258 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19260 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19261 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19262 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19263 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19264 to future sessions.
19266 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19271 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19274 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19275 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19277 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19278 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19279 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19286 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19289 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19290 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19291 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19292 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19294 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19298 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19302 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19303 Major mode for editing XML.
19305 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19306 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19307 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19308 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19309 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19310 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19311 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19313 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19315 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19316 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19318 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19319 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19320 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19321 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19324 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19325 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19326 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19327 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19328 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19329 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19331 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19332 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19333 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19335 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19336 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19337 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19339 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19340 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19341 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19342 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19343 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19344 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19345 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19346 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19347 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19349 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19351 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19352 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19356 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19361 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19364 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19365 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19366 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19367 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19373 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19374 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19375 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19376 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19377 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks org-babel-map-src-blocks
19378 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
19379 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
19380 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19381 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19382 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19383 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19384 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20174 10230))
19385 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19387 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19392 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19397 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19398 Display information on the current source block.
19399 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19400 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19404 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19405 Conditionally expand a source block.
19406 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19407 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19411 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19412 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19413 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19414 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19418 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19419 Conditionally pop to a session.
19420 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19421 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19425 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19426 Execute the current source code block.
19427 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19428 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19429 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19431 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an
19432 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19435 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19436 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19438 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19439 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19442 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19444 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19445 Expand the current source code block.
19446 Expand according to the source code block's header
19447 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19449 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19451 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19452 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19456 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19457 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19458 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19459 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19462 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19464 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19465 Initiate session for current code block.
19466 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19467 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19468 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19470 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19472 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19473 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19474 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19475 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19476 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19478 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19480 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19481 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19483 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19485 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19486 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19487 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19488 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19489 results already exist.
19491 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19493 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19494 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19495 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19496 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19497 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19499 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19500 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19501 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19502 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19503 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19504 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19505 switches --------- string holding the switches
19506 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19507 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19508 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19509 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19510 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19511 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19512 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19513 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19515 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19517 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19519 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19520 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19521 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19524 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19526 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19528 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19529 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19530 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19531 the current buffer.
19533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19535 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19536 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19537 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19538 the current subtree.
19540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19542 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19543 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19545 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19547 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19548 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19552 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19553 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19557 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19558 Go to a named source-code block.
19562 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19563 Go to a named result.
19567 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19568 Jump to the next source block.
19569 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19573 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19574 Jump to the previous source block.
19575 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19579 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19580 Mark current src block
19586 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19587 ;;;;;; (20045 30710))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19590 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19591 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19597 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19598 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20045 31431))
19599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19601 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19602 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19603 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19605 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19607 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19608 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19609 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19610 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19614 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19615 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19621 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19622 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19623 ;;;;;; (20045 30712))
19624 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19626 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19627 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19628 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19629 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19630 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19631 then the name of the language is used.")
19633 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19635 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19636 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19637 This function exports the source code using
19638 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19643 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19644 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19645 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19646 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19647 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19648 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19650 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19652 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19653 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19654 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19655 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19656 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19657 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19658 exported source code blocks by language.
19660 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19664 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19665 ;;;;;; (20135 56947))
19666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19668 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19669 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19670 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19672 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19674 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19675 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19677 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19678 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19679 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19683 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19687 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19688 ;;;;;; (20135 56947))
19689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19691 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19692 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19694 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19695 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19696 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19697 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19699 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19700 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19701 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19702 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19703 is why you need this mode!).
19705 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19706 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19707 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19709 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19714 \\{octave-mode-map}
19716 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19717 ==============================================
19719 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19720 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19721 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19723 `octave-block-offset'
19724 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19727 `octave-continuation-offset'
19728 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19731 `octave-continuation-string'
19732 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19733 Default is a backslash.
19735 `octave-send-echo-input'
19736 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19737 command to the inferior Octave process.
19739 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19740 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19741 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19743 `octave-send-echo-input'
19744 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19746 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19748 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19749 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19751 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19753 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19754 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19756 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19759 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19761 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19762 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19763 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19764 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19770 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19771 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19772 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19773 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19774 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19775 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19776 ;;;;;; (20170 13157))
19777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19779 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19780 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19782 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19784 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19785 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19786 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19788 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19789 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19790 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19791 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19792 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19793 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19794 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19795 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19796 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19797 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19799 The following commands are available:
19805 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19807 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19808 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19809 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19810 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19815 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19816 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19817 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19818 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19819 defined by Org-mode).
19821 M-up Move entry/item up
19822 M-down Move entry/item down
19825 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19826 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19827 M-S-left Promote subtree
19828 M-S-right Demote subtree
19829 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19831 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19832 TAB Cycle item visibility
19833 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19834 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19835 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19840 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19844 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19845 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19849 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19850 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19851 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19852 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19855 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19857 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19858 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19859 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19860 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19862 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19863 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19864 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19868 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19869 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19870 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19874 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19875 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19876 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19881 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19882 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19884 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19886 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19887 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19889 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19890 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19891 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19892 returned as a list.
19894 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19895 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19896 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19897 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19898 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19899 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19900 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19901 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19902 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19905 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19906 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19907 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19908 visited by the iteration.
19910 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19912 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19913 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19914 region The entries within the active region, if any
19915 file The current buffer, without restriction
19917 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19918 agenda All agenda files
19919 agenda-with-archives
19920 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19922 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19924 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19925 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19927 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19928 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19929 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19930 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19931 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19932 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19933 function leaves it.
19935 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19936 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19937 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19938 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19939 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19940 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19941 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19942 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19944 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19946 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19947 Switch between Org buffers.
19948 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19949 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19951 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19952 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19956 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19958 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19960 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19961 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19962 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19963 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19967 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19968 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19970 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19972 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19973 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19974 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19978 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19983 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19984 Reload all org lisp files.
19985 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19987 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19989 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19990 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19997 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19998 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19999 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20000 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20178 7273))
20001 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20003 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20004 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20005 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20006 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20008 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20009 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20010 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20011 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20012 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20013 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20014 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20015 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20016 e Export views to associated files.
20017 s Search entries for keywords.
20018 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20019 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20020 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20021 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20022 > Remove a previous restriction.
20023 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20024 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20025 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20027 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20028 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20029 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20031 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20032 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20033 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20034 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20037 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20039 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20040 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20041 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20042 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20043 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20044 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20045 before running the agenda command.
20047 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20049 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20050 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20051 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20052 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20053 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20054 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20055 before running the agenda command.
20057 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20058 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20060 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20062 category The category of the item
20063 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20064 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20065 todo selected in TODO match
20066 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20067 diary imported from diary
20068 deadline a deadline on given date
20069 scheduled scheduled on given date
20070 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20071 closed entry was closed on given date
20072 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20073 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20074 block entry has date block including g. date
20075 todo The todo keyword, if any
20076 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20077 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20078 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20079 extra Sting with extra planning info
20080 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20081 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20082 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20084 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20086 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20089 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20091 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20092 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20094 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20096 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20097 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20098 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20099 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20101 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20102 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20103 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20105 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20106 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20108 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20110 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20111 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20113 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20114 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20115 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20116 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20119 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20120 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20121 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20122 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20123 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20124 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20126 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20127 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20128 including newlines.
20130 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20131 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20132 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20133 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20134 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20135 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20136 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20138 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20139 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20140 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20141 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20143 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20144 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20145 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20146 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20147 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20148 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20149 Boolean search must match as full words.
20151 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20152 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20154 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20157 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20158 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20159 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20160 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20161 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20165 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20166 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20167 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20169 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20171 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20172 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20173 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20174 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20175 `org-stuck-projects'.
20177 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20179 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20180 Return diary information from org-files.
20181 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20182 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20183 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20184 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20185 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20187 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20189 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20191 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20192 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20196 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20197 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20198 So the example above may also be written as
20200 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20202 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20203 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20204 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20206 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20208 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20209 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20211 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20213 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20214 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20215 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20219 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20220 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20221 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20224 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20225 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20227 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20228 for filtering entries out.
20230 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20231 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20233 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20234 (category \"Work\"))
20236 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20237 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20239 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20243 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20244 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20245 ;;;;;; (20045 30713))
20246 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20248 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20249 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20250 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20254 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20255 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20256 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20262 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20263 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20264 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20265 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20045
20267 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20269 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20270 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20272 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20274 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20275 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20277 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20280 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20282 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20284 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20285 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20287 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20289 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20290 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20291 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20295 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20296 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20297 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20298 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20299 command to convert it.
20301 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20303 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20304 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20305 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20306 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20307 cut-and-paste operations.
20308 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20309 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20310 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20311 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20313 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20315 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20316 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20318 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20320 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20321 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20322 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20323 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20324 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20325 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20326 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20327 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20328 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20329 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20330 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20331 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20332 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20333 publishing directory.
20335 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20339 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20045
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20343 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20344 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20345 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20351 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20352 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20353 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20355 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20356 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20363 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20168 57844))
20364 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20366 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20368 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20369 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20370 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20371 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20372 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20373 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20375 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20376 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20377 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20380 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20382 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20383 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20386 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20388 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20393 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20394 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20400 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20401 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20172 54913))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20404 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20405 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20406 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20407 fontified, and then returned.
20409 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20411 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20412 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20418 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20419 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20045 30713))
20420 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20422 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20423 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20424 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20425 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20428 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20432 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20433 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20434 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20435 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20045 30713))
20436 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20438 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20439 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20440 This function can be used in batch processing.
20445 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20446 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20450 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20451 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20452 No file is created.
20456 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20457 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20458 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20459 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20460 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20461 then use this command to convert it.
20463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20465 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20466 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20467 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20468 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20469 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20470 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20471 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20472 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20473 could call this function in the following way:
20475 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20477 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20478 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20480 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20482 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20483 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20485 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20487 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20488 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20492 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20493 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20494 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20495 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20496 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20497 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20498 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20499 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20500 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20501 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20502 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20503 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20504 publishing directory.
20506 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20511 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20512 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
20513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20515 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20516 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20517 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20518 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20519 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20521 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20522 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20523 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20525 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20526 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20527 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20531 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20532 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20533 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20534 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20535 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20536 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20537 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20538 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20541 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20544 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20545 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20546 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20547 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20549 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20550 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20551 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20552 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20554 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20555 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20556 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20558 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20559 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20560 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20563 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20565 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20566 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20572 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20573 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20065
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20577 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20578 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20582 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20583 Get inbox items from FEED.
20584 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20585 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20587 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20589 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20590 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20594 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20595 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20601 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20602 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20161 45793))
20603 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20605 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20606 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20608 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20610 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20611 to create them otherwise.
20613 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20616 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20618 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20621 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20623 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20624 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20625 Org-mode exporters.
20627 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20628 referenced sequence.
20630 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20631 export properties of the buffer.
20633 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20634 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing buffer.
20635 Some exporters like docbook, odt, etc. expect that footnote
20636 definitions be available before any references to them. Such
20637 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor' to
20638 symbol 'point-min to achieve the desired behavior.
20640 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20641 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20642 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20643 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20644 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20646 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20650 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20651 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20652 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20653 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20172 54913))
20654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20656 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20657 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20658 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20659 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20660 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20661 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20662 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20663 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20664 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20665 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20666 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20667 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20670 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20672 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20674 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20675 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20677 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20679 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20680 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20681 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20683 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20685 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20686 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20687 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20688 have them in `org-mode'.
20690 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20691 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20692 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20693 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20694 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20695 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20697 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20699 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20700 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20702 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20704 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20705 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20707 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20711 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20712 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20713 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20714 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20065 65310))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20717 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20719 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20721 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20723 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20724 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20725 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20726 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20727 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20731 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20732 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20733 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20735 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20736 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20737 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20741 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20742 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20743 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20747 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20748 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20749 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20750 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20751 command to convert it.
20753 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20755 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20756 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20757 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20758 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20759 cut-and-paste operations.
20760 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20761 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20762 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20763 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20765 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20767 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20768 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20770 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20772 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20773 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20774 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20775 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20776 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20777 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20778 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20779 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20780 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20781 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20782 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20783 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20784 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20785 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20786 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20788 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20790 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20791 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20792 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20793 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20794 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20795 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20796 need into your CSS file.
20798 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20799 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20800 that uses these same face definitions.
20806 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20807 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20808 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20811 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20812 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20813 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20814 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20818 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20819 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20820 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20821 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20825 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20826 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20827 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20833 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20834 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20835 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20836 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20839 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20840 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20841 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20842 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20844 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20846 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20847 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20848 Create an ID if necessary.
20852 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20853 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20854 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20855 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20856 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20857 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20858 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20860 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20862 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20863 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20864 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20865 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20867 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20869 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20871 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20872 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20873 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20874 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20876 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20878 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20879 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20880 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20884 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20885 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20886 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20887 if there is no entry with that ID.
20888 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20890 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20892 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20893 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20897 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20898 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20904 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20905 ;;;;;; (20045 30716))
20906 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20908 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20909 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20911 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20912 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20913 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20919 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20920 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20921 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20923 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20924 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20930 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20931 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20932 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20933 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20936 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20937 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20941 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20942 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20943 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20947 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20948 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20949 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20953 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20954 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20955 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20956 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20957 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20958 then use this command to convert it.
20960 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20962 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20963 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20964 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20965 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20966 cut-and-paste operations.
20967 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20968 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20969 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20970 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20972 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20974 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20975 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20977 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20979 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20980 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20981 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20982 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20983 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20984 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20985 convert them as description lists.
20986 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20987 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20988 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20989 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20990 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20991 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20992 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20993 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20994 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20995 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20996 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20998 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21000 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21001 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21003 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21005 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21006 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21012 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21013 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20065
21015 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21017 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21018 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21019 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21020 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21024 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21025 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21026 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21027 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21031 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21032 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21038 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21039 ;;;;;; (20157 54694))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21042 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21043 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21044 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21045 line directly before or after the table.
21047 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21051 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21052 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21053 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21056 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21058 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21061 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21064 Publish all projects.
21065 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21066 directory and force publishing all files.
21068 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21071 Publish the current file.
21072 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21076 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21077 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21078 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21081 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21085 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21086 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21087 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20165 31925))
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21090 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21091 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21095 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21096 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21097 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21098 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21099 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21103 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21104 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21105 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21106 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21108 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21110 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21111 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21112 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21113 of the remember buffer.
21115 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21116 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21117 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21118 note stored by remember.
21120 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21121 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21123 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21125 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21126 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21127 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21128 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21129 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21130 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21131 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21132 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21133 process is used to select the target location.
21135 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21136 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21138 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21139 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21142 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21143 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21144 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21145 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21147 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21148 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21149 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21150 some additional data.
21152 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21153 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21154 \(i.e. after the stars).
21156 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21162 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21163 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20168 57844))
21164 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21166 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21167 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21171 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21172 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21177 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21178 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21179 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21180 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21182 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21186 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21187 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20166 16092))
21188 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21190 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21191 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21192 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21193 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21194 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21195 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21196 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21197 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21198 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21199 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21200 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21201 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21205 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21206 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21207 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21213 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21214 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21215 ;;;;;; (20045 30718))
21216 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21218 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21219 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21220 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21221 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21222 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21223 without user interaction.
21224 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21225 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21226 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21227 the region 0:00:00.
21229 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21232 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21233 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21234 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21235 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21236 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21237 that was not started at the correct moment.
21239 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21242 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21245 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21247 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21250 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21255 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21257 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21258 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21259 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21261 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21262 the duration of the timer.
21264 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21265 without prompting the user for a duration.
21267 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21268 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21269 replace any running timer.
21271 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21275 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21276 ;;;;;; (20045 30719))
21277 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21279 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21280 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21281 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21283 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21287 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21288 ;;;;;; (20162 63140))
21289 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21290 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21291 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21293 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21294 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21295 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21296 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21298 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21299 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21300 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21301 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21303 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21304 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21305 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21306 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21307 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21308 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21310 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21311 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21312 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21314 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21315 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21316 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21317 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21318 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21319 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21320 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21321 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21322 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21323 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21324 The subheadings remain visible.
21325 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21327 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21328 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21329 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21331 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21332 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21336 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21337 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21342 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21345 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21349 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21350 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21351 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21352 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
21353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21355 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21356 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21357 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21358 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21359 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21361 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21362 activate the package system at any time.")
21364 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21366 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21367 Install the package named NAME.
21368 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21369 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21373 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21374 Install a package from the current buffer.
21375 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21376 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21377 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21379 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21380 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21381 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21383 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21385 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21386 Install a package from a file.
21387 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21391 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21392 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21393 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21394 makes them available for download.
21398 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21399 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21400 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21401 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21403 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21406 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21408 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21410 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21411 Display a list of packages.
21412 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21413 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21414 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21416 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21418 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21422 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20127 62865))
21423 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21425 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21426 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21427 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21429 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21430 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21432 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21434 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21435 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21440 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21441 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21442 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21448 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21449 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21451 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21453 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21454 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21455 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21456 unknown are returned as nil.
21458 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21462 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20168
21464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21466 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21467 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21468 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21470 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21471 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21473 Other useful functions are:
21475 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21476 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21477 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21478 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21479 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21480 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21481 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21482 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21483 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21485 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21487 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21488 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21489 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21490 Indentation for case statements.
21491 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21492 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21494 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21495 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21496 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21497 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21498 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21499 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21500 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21501 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21502 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21503 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21505 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21506 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21508 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21509 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21515 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21516 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20089 47591))
21517 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21519 (defvar password-cache t "\
21520 Whether to cache passwords.")
21522 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21524 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21525 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21526 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21528 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21530 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21531 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21533 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21537 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21538 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21541 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21542 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21543 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21545 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21546 _ matches anything.
21547 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21548 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21549 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21550 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21551 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21552 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21553 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21554 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21555 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21557 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21558 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21559 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21560 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21561 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21562 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21564 PRED can take the form
21565 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21566 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21567 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21568 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21569 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21570 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21571 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21573 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21575 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21577 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21578 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21579 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21580 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21582 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21584 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21586 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21587 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21588 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21589 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21591 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21593 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21597 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20100
21599 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21601 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21602 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21608 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21609 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20104 14925))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21612 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21613 Completion for `gzip'.
21617 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21618 Completion for `bzip2'.
21622 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21623 Completion for GNU `make'.
21627 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21628 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21632 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21637 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19986 58615))
21638 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21640 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21641 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21645 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21646 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21650 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21651 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21657 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19961
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21661 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21662 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21668 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21669 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21670 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20121 24048))
21671 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21673 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21674 Completion for `cd'.
21678 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21680 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21681 Completion for `rmdir'.
21685 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21686 Completion for `rm'.
21690 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21691 Completion for `xargs'.
21695 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21697 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21698 Completion for `which'.
21702 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21703 Completion for the `chown' command.
21707 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21708 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21712 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21713 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21717 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21718 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21719 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21725 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21726 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21727 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20106
21729 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21731 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21732 Support extensible programmable completion.
21733 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21734 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21736 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21738 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21739 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21743 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21744 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21745 This will modify the current buffer.
21749 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21750 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21754 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21755 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21756 This will modify the current buffer.
21760 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21761 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21765 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21766 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21770 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21771 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21772 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21773 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21774 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21776 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21778 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21779 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21785 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21786 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21787 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20164 60780))
21788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21790 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21791 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21792 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21793 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21795 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21797 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21799 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21800 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21801 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21802 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21803 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21804 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21807 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21809 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21810 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21811 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21812 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21813 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21814 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21815 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21816 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21818 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21820 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21821 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21822 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21823 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21824 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21825 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21826 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21829 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21831 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21832 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21833 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21834 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21835 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21836 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21837 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21839 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21841 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21842 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21843 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21845 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21847 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21848 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21849 A value of nil means never do it.
21850 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21851 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21852 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21854 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21856 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21857 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21858 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20174 10230))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21865 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21866 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21870 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21871 ;;;;;; (20108 12033))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21873 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21874 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21875 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21876 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21877 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21878 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21880 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21881 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21882 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21883 Tab indents for Perl code.
21884 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21885 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21886 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21888 Variables controlling indentation style:
21889 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21890 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21892 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21893 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21894 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21895 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21897 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21898 `perl-indent-level'
21899 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21900 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21901 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21902 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21903 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21904 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21905 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21906 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21907 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21908 `perl-brace-offset'
21909 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21910 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21911 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21912 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21913 `perl-label-offset'
21914 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21915 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21916 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21918 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21919 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21920 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21921 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21922 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21923 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21924 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21926 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21932 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21933 ;;;;;; (20093 44623))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21936 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21937 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21938 \\<picture-mode-map>
21939 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21940 afterwards settable by these commands:
21942 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21943 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21944 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21945 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21947 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21948 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21949 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21950 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21952 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21953 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21954 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21955 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21957 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21958 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21959 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21960 with these commands:
21962 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21963 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21964 Move to column following last
21965 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21966 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21967 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21968 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21969 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21970 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21972 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21974 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21975 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21976 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21977 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21978 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21979 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21981 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21982 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21983 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21984 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21985 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21986 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21987 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21989 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21990 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21991 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21992 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21993 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21994 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21995 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21996 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21998 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21999 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22000 by supplying an argument.
22002 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22004 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22005 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
22009 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22013 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20097
22015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22017 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22018 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22024 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22025 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22028 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22029 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22030 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22032 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22036 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
22037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22039 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22040 Play pong and waste time.
22041 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22042 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22044 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20178 7273))
22053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22055 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22056 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22057 Use streaming commands.
22059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22063 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22064 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22065 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22068 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22069 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22070 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22071 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22073 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22075 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22076 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22080 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22081 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22082 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22083 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22084 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22086 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22088 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22089 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22090 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22092 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22094 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22095 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22097 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22099 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22100 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22101 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22102 Ignores leading comment characters.
22106 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22107 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22108 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22109 Ignores leading comment characters.
22115 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22116 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22117 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22118 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22119 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22120 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22121 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22122 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22123 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22124 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22125 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22126 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22127 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22128 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22129 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22130 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22131 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22132 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22133 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
22134 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22136 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22137 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22139 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22141 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22143 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22145 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22146 Preview directory using ghostview.
22148 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22149 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22150 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22151 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22153 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22154 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22155 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22156 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22157 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22160 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22162 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22164 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22165 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22167 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22168 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22169 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22170 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22172 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22173 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22174 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22175 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22176 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22179 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22181 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22184 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22186 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22187 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22188 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22189 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22191 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22192 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22193 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22194 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22195 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22198 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22200 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22202 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22203 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22205 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22207 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22208 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22209 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22210 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22212 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22213 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22214 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22215 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22216 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22219 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22221 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22224 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22226 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22227 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22228 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22230 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22231 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22232 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22233 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22235 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22237 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22238 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22240 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22241 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22242 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22244 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22245 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22246 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22247 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22249 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22251 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22252 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22254 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22255 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22256 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22258 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22259 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22260 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22261 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22263 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22265 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22266 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22268 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22270 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22271 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22272 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22274 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22275 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22276 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22277 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22279 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22281 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22282 Preview region using ghostview.
22284 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22286 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22288 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22289 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22291 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22293 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22296 Print region using PostScript printer.
22298 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22300 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22302 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22303 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22305 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22307 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22310 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22312 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22314 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22317 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22319 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22321 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22323 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22324 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22326 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22328 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22331 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22333 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22335 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22338 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22339 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22340 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22342 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22345 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22346 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22348 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22350 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22352 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22353 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22354 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22355 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22359 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22360 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22361 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22362 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22366 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22367 Print directory using text printer.
22369 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22372 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22373 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22375 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22377 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22379 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22380 Print buffer using text printer.
22384 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22385 Print region using text printer.
22389 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22390 Print major mode using text printer.
22394 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22395 Preview spooled PostScript.
22397 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22398 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22399 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22401 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22402 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22403 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22405 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22407 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22408 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22410 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22411 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22412 instead of sending it to the printer.
22414 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22415 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22416 image in a file with that name.
22418 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22421 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22423 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22424 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22425 instead of sending it to the printer.
22427 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22428 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22429 image in a file with that name.
22431 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22433 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22434 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22436 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22437 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22438 instead of sending it to the printer.
22440 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22441 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22442 image in a file with that name.
22444 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22446 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22447 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22449 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22451 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22452 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22454 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22456 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22457 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22459 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22461 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22462 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22464 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22466 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22467 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22469 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22471 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22472 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22474 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22475 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22476 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22477 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22479 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22480 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22481 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22482 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22483 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22484 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22487 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22489 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22490 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22494 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22495 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22497 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22499 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22504 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22505 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22509 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22510 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22514 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22515 Toggle printing with faces.
22519 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22524 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22529 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22532 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22534 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22539 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22544 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22545 Toggle upside-down.
22549 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22550 Toggle line number.
22554 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22555 Toggle zebra stripes.
22559 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22560 Toggle printing header.
22564 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22565 Toggle printing header frame.
22569 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22574 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22575 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22579 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22584 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22585 Customization of the `printing' group.
22587 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22589 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22590 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22592 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22594 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22595 Help for the printing package.
22597 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22599 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22600 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22604 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22605 Interactively select a text printer.
22609 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22610 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22614 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22615 Show current ps-print settings.
22617 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22619 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22620 Show current printing settings.
22622 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22624 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22625 Show current lpr settings.
22627 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22629 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22630 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22632 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22633 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22634 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22635 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22638 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22640 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22641 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22642 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22644 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22645 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22646 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22647 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22648 current active printer.
22650 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22651 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22652 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22655 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22656 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22657 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22658 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22659 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22662 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22663 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22665 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22667 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22668 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22669 be done using the new current active printer.
22671 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22672 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22675 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22676 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22677 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22678 instead of sending it to the printer.
22680 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22681 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22684 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22687 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22690 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22693 Fast fire function for text printing.
22695 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22696 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22697 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22698 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22700 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22701 user for a new active text printer.
22703 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22705 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22707 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22708 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22711 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22713 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22716 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22720 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20053 39261))
22721 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22723 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22724 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22725 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22726 information will be displayed but not selected.
22727 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22729 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22735 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22736 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20176 51947))
22737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22739 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22740 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22742 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22743 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22745 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22747 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22748 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22751 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22752 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22753 if that value is non-nil.
22757 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22758 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22759 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22763 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22764 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22765 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22771 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22773 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22775 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22776 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22777 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22779 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22783 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20167
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22787 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22788 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22790 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22792 The following variables hold user options, and can
22793 be set through the `customize' command:
22795 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22797 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22798 `ps-mode-print-function'
22800 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22804 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22807 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22813 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22814 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22815 The keymap for this second window is:
22817 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22820 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22821 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22822 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22823 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22824 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22830 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22831 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22832 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22833 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22834 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22835 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20172
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22839 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22840 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22841 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22843 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22845 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22846 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22847 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22848 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22850 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22852 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22853 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22857 nil Do not print colors.
22861 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22862 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22864 Any other value is treated as t.")
22866 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22868 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22869 Customization of ps-print group.
22873 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22874 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22876 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22877 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22878 sending it to the printer.
22880 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22881 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22882 image in a file with that name.
22884 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22886 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22887 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22888 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22889 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22890 so it has a way to determine color values.
22892 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22894 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22895 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22896 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22898 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22900 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22901 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22902 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22903 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22904 so it has a way to determine color values.
22906 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22908 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22909 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22910 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22911 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22913 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22917 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22918 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22919 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22920 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22921 so it has a way to determine color values.
22923 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22927 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22928 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22929 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22931 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22933 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22935 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22936 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22937 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22938 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22939 so it has a way to determine color values.
22941 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22943 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22945 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22946 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22948 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22949 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22950 instead of sending it to the printer.
22952 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22953 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22954 image in a file with that name.
22956 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22959 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22960 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22961 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22962 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22966 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22967 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22968 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22970 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22972 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22973 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22974 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22976 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22978 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22979 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22983 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22984 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22986 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22987 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22989 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22990 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22992 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22994 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22996 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22998 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22999 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23001 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23002 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23004 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23005 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23007 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23009 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23011 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23013 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23014 foreground and background colors respectively.
23016 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23017 bold - use bold font.
23018 italic - use italic font.
23019 underline - put a line under text.
23020 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23021 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23022 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23023 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23024 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23026 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23028 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23033 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20170 13157))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23036 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23038 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23042 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23043 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23044 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23045 show the buffer automatically.
23047 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23048 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23050 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23051 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23052 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23053 switch to that buffer.
23055 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23056 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23057 process buffer for a list of commands.
23059 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23060 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23061 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23063 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23065 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23066 Set up info-look for Python.
23067 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23071 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23072 Major mode for editing Python files.
23073 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23074 for correct parsing of the source.
23075 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23076 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23077 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23079 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23080 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23081 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23082 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23083 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23084 \\<python-mode-map>
23085 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23086 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23087 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23088 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23089 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23090 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23092 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23093 effect outside them.
23095 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23096 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23097 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23098 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23099 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23100 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23101 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23102 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23103 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23105 \\{python-mode-map}
23109 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23110 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23111 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23112 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23118 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23119 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23122 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23123 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23124 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23127 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23128 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23130 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23131 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23132 them into characters should be done separately.
23134 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23138 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23139 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23140 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23141 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23142 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20166 16092))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23145 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23146 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23150 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23151 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23152 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23154 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23155 `quail-activate', which see.
23157 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23159 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23160 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23161 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23162 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23163 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23164 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23165 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23167 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23168 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23169 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23170 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23171 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23173 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23175 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23176 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23177 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23178 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23179 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23180 list of candidates.
23182 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23183 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23184 command to be called.
23186 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23187 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23188 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23189 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23191 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23192 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23193 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23194 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23195 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23198 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23199 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23200 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23201 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23203 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23204 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23205 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23206 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23208 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23209 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23210 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23211 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23212 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23213 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23215 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23216 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23217 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23218 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23219 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23220 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23222 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23223 covers Quail translation region.
23225 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23226 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23227 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23228 for it) is inserted.
23230 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23231 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23232 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23234 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23235 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23236 non-Quail commands.
23238 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23240 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23241 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23243 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23244 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23245 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23246 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23247 you type is correctly handled.
23249 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23251 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23252 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23254 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23257 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23259 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23260 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23261 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23262 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23263 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23264 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23265 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23266 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23267 for the translation.
23268 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23270 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23271 it is used to handle KEY.
23273 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23274 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23275 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23276 the following annotation types are supported.
23278 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23279 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23281 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23284 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23285 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23286 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23289 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23290 generated for the following translations.
23292 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23294 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23295 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23297 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23298 which to install MAP.
23300 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23302 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23304 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23305 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23307 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23308 which to install MAP.
23310 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23312 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23314 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23315 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23316 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23317 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23318 a function, or a cons.
23319 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23320 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23321 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23322 for the translation.
23323 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23324 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23325 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23326 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23327 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23329 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23330 it is used to handle KEY.
23332 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23333 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23334 current Quail package.
23336 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23337 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23339 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23341 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23342 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23344 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23345 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23347 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23349 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23350 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23352 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23354 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23355 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23356 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23357 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23358 of the Emacs source tree.
23360 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23361 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23363 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23364 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23367 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23371 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23372 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23373 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20168
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23377 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23378 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23379 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23380 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23382 To make use of this do something like:
23384 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23386 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23388 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23389 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23391 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23392 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23393 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23395 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23397 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23398 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23400 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23402 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23403 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23405 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23408 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23410 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23411 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23413 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23414 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23415 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23417 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23419 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23420 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23422 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23424 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23425 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23429 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23430 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23432 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23434 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23438 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23439 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23445 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23446 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20170 13157))
23447 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23449 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23450 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23452 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23454 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23458 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23460 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23463 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23465 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23466 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23467 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23469 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23470 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23472 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23474 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23475 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23481 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
23483 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23485 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23486 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23489 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23493 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23494 ;;;;;; (19975 1875))
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23497 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23499 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23500 Construct a regexp interactively.
23501 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23502 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23503 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23505 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23506 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23512 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20167 36967))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23515 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23516 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23517 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23520 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23522 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23524 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23525 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23528 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23530 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23531 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23532 were operated on recently.
23534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23538 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23539 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23540 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23541 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23542 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23544 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23545 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23546 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23547 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23548 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23549 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23550 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23552 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23553 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23554 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23555 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23558 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23559 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23562 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23564 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23565 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23566 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23568 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23569 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23572 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23574 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23575 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23576 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23578 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23580 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23581 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23583 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23584 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23586 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23589 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23590 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23591 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23592 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23595 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23597 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23598 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23602 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23603 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23604 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23605 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23606 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23607 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23608 and point is at the lower right corner.
23610 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23612 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23613 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23615 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23616 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23619 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23620 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23622 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23624 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23626 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23627 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23628 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23629 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23630 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23632 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23633 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23635 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23637 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23638 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23639 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23641 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23643 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23645 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23647 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23648 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23650 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23651 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23652 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23654 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23656 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23657 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23658 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23660 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23661 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23662 rectangle which were empty.
23664 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23666 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23667 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23669 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23670 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23671 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23672 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23674 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20127
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23682 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23683 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23684 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23685 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23686 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23688 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23689 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23690 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23693 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23699 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23700 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20164 60780))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23703 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23704 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23708 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23709 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23714 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23715 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23717 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23718 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23720 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23721 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23722 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23725 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23726 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23727 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23729 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23730 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23731 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23733 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23734 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23736 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23737 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23739 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23740 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23743 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23747 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23748 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23749 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23755 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23756 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
23757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23759 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23760 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23761 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23762 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23763 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23764 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23766 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23768 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23770 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23771 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23772 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23773 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23774 `reftex-cite-format'.
23776 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23777 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23778 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23779 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23781 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23785 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23786 ;;;;;; (20164 60780))
23787 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23789 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23790 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23791 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23792 the current TeX document.
23794 With no argument, this command toggles
23795 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23796 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23802 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23803 ;;;;;; (20162 63140))
23804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23806 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23807 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23808 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23810 To insert new phrases, use
23811 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23812 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23814 To index phrases use one of:
23816 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23817 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23818 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23819 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23820 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23822 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23823 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23825 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23827 Here are all local bindings.
23829 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23835 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23836 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
23837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23839 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23840 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23841 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23844 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23851 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23852 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23853 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23854 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23858 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23859 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23862 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23863 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23864 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23865 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23866 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23867 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23869 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23870 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23872 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23874 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23875 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23877 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23879 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23880 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23881 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23882 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23884 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23888 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23889 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23890 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
23891 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23893 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23894 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23895 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23896 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23898 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23900 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23902 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23903 Call `remember' in another frame.
23905 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23907 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23908 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23909 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23914 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23915 Extract diary entries from the region.
23921 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20172 54913))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23924 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23925 Repeat most recently executed command.
23926 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23927 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23928 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23930 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23931 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23932 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23933 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23935 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23936 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23937 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23939 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23943 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23944 ;;;;;; (20076 35541))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23947 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23948 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23950 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23951 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23952 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23953 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23954 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23955 and point is left after the salutation.
23957 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23958 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23959 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23960 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23961 left after that text.
23963 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23966 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23967 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23968 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23969 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23971 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23976 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23979 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23980 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23981 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23982 visibility of comments that precede it.
23983 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23984 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23985 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23986 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23987 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23988 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23989 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23990 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23992 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23993 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23994 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23995 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23996 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24002 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24003 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
24004 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24006 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24007 Toggle decloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24010 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24012 Reveral mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24013 reveals invisible text around point.
24015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24017 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24018 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24019 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24022 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24026 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24027 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24028 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24030 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24031 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24032 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24038 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24039 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24042 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24043 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24047 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24048 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24050 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20077 56412))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24057 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24058 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24059 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24060 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24062 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24064 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24065 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24066 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24067 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24069 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24070 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24072 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24073 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24075 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24076 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24079 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24080 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24081 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24082 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24083 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24085 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24086 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24087 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24088 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24090 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24091 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24094 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24099 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24100 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24101 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24102 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24103 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20174 10633))
24104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24106 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24107 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24108 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24110 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24112 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24113 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24114 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24115 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24116 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24117 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24118 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24120 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24121 sent by you under different user names.
24122 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24124 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24126 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24128 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
24130 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24131 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24132 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24135 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24137 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24138 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24139 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24140 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24141 which normally happens once for each message,
24142 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24143 To make a change in this variable take effect
24144 for a message that you have already viewed,
24145 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24147 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24149 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24150 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24151 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24152 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24154 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24156 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24157 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24159 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24161 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24162 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24163 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24165 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24167 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24168 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24169 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24170 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24171 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24172 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24174 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24176 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24177 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24179 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24181 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24182 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24184 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24186 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24187 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24189 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24190 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24192 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24194 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24195 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24197 This is set to nil by default.")
24199 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24200 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24201 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24202 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24203 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24204 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24205 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24207 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24208 Read and edit incoming mail.
24209 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24210 file in RMAIL Mode.
24211 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24213 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24214 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24215 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24216 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24218 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24220 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24222 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24223 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24224 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24225 Instead, these commands are available:
24227 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24228 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24229 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24230 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24231 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24232 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24233 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24234 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24235 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24236 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24237 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24238 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24239 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24240 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24241 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24242 till a deleted message is found.
24243 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24244 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24245 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24246 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24247 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24248 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24249 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24250 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24251 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24252 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24253 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24254 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24255 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24256 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24257 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24258 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24259 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24260 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24261 (label defaults to last one specified).
24262 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24263 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24264 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24265 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24266 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24267 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24268 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24269 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24270 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24274 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24275 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24277 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24279 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24280 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24282 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24286 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24287 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20172 54913))
24288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24289 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24291 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24292 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24293 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24294 case it writes Babyl.
24296 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24297 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24298 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24299 `rmail-default-file'.
24301 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24302 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24303 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24305 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24306 the header display is currently pruned.
24308 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24309 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24310 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24311 messages after output.
24313 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24314 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24315 message (if writing a file directly).
24317 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24318 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24320 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24322 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24323 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24324 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24325 i) the header is output as currently seen
24326 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24327 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24329 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24330 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24331 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24333 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24335 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24336 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24337 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24338 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24339 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24340 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24341 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24343 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24344 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24345 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24347 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24351 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24352 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24355 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24356 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24359 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24363 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24364 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24365 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24367 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24368 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24369 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24370 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24376 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24377 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
24378 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24380 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24381 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24383 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24384 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24385 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24386 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24387 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24388 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24389 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24390 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24391 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24392 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24394 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24395 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24396 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24397 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24398 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24399 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24400 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24401 to use for finding the schema.
24403 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24407 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
24409 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24411 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24413 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24414 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24415 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24416 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24417 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24418 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24419 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24420 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24421 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24422 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24423 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24424 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24425 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24426 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24427 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24428 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24431 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24435 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24436 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20159 42847))
24437 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24439 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24440 Define a robin package.
24442 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24443 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24444 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24445 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24447 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24448 one replaces the old one.
24450 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24452 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24453 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24455 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24456 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24457 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24459 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24461 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24462 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24464 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24468 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24469 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20154 24929))
24470 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24472 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24473 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24475 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24477 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24478 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24482 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24483 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24485 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24487 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24488 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24489 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24491 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24492 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24495 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24499 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24500 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24506 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24507 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24509 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24511 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24512 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24514 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24515 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24516 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24517 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24518 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24520 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24521 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24522 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24523 font-locking of blocks.
24529 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24530 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24532 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24533 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24535 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24536 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24537 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24543 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24544 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24547 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24548 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24549 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24550 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24551 nesting into account.
24553 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24559 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24561 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24565 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20127
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24569 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24570 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24571 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24573 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24574 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24576 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24577 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20161
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24587 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24588 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24589 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24590 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24592 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24594 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24595 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24596 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24598 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24599 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24600 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24602 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24606 matches string STRING literally.
24609 matches character CHAR literally.
24611 `not-newline', `nonl'
24612 matches any character except a newline.
24615 matches any character
24620 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24621 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24622 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24624 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24625 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24626 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24627 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24629 `(not (any SET ...))'
24630 matches any character not in SET ...
24632 `line-start', `bol'
24633 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24634 in the text being matched
24637 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24639 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24640 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24641 string being matched against.
24643 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24644 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24645 string being matched against.
24648 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24649 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24652 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24653 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24656 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24658 `word-start', `bow'
24659 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24662 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24665 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24668 `(not word-boundary)'
24669 `not-word-boundary'
24670 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24674 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24677 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24679 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24680 matches 0 through 9.
24683 matches ASCII control characters.
24685 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24686 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24689 matches space and tab only.
24692 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24695 `printing', `print'
24696 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24699 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24700 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24701 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24703 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24704 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24705 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24708 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24711 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24713 `lower', `lower-case'
24714 matches anything lower-case.
24716 `upper', `upper-case'
24717 matches anything upper-case.
24719 `punctuation', `punct'
24720 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24721 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24723 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24724 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24727 matches anything that has word syntax.
24730 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24733 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24734 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24735 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24737 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24738 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24741 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24742 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24743 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24744 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24745 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24747 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24748 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24749 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24750 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24751 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24753 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24754 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24756 `(category CATEGORY)'
24757 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24758 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24760 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24761 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24762 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24763 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24767 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24768 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24769 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24770 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24771 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24772 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24773 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24774 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24775 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24776 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24777 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24778 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24779 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24780 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24789 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24793 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24795 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24800 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24801 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24803 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24804 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24805 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24806 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24807 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24809 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24810 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24811 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24812 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24814 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24815 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24816 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24819 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24820 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24821 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24822 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24823 regular expression.
24825 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24826 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24827 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24828 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24829 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24831 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24832 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24834 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24835 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24837 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24839 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24842 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24843 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24846 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24847 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24849 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24851 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24854 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24857 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24859 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24860 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24862 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24865 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24868 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24872 matches N occurrences.
24875 matches N or more occurrences.
24877 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24878 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24879 matches N to M occurrences.
24882 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24885 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24889 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24891 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24895 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20127
24897 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24899 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24900 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24901 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24902 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24903 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24904 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24906 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24908 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24909 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24912 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24914 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24915 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24916 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24917 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24919 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24920 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24921 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24927 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24928 ;;;;;; (20079 39251))
24929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24931 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24932 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24933 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24935 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24936 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24937 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24938 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24939 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24940 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24941 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24942 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24945 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24946 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24947 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24948 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24949 if that value is non-nil.
24953 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24954 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24955 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24958 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24959 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24960 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24961 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24962 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24963 that variable's value is a string.
24969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24970 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24973 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24974 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24975 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24977 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24983 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24984 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
24985 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24987 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24988 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24989 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24992 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24994 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24996 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24997 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24999 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25000 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25002 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25003 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25009 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25010 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25011 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25013 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25014 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25015 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
25016 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
25017 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
25020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20175 31160))
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25026 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25027 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25031 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20172 54913))
25033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25035 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25036 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25037 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25039 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25040 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25041 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25042 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25043 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25044 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25045 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25046 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25047 keybinding for tag names.")
25049 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25051 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25052 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25053 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25055 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25056 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25058 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25060 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25061 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25063 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25064 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25066 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25067 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25068 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25069 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25072 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25078 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25079 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25080 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25081 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25082 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25083 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25084 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25085 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25086 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20122 44898))
25087 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25089 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25090 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25092 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25094 If `parens', they look like:
25095 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25096 If `angles', they look like:
25097 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25099 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25100 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25102 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25104 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25105 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25106 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25107 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25109 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25110 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25111 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25112 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25114 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25116 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25117 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25118 This is done when the message is initialized,
25119 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25121 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25123 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25124 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25125 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25127 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25129 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25130 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25131 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25132 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25133 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25134 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25135 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25137 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25139 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25140 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25142 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25144 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25145 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25146 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25149 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25151 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25152 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25153 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25154 when you first send mail.")
25156 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25158 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25159 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25160 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25161 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25162 This file need not actually exist.")
25164 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25166 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25167 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25169 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25171 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25172 Alist of mail address aliases,
25173 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25174 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25175 can specify a different file name.)
25176 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25177 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25179 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25180 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25181 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25183 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25185 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25186 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25187 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25189 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25191 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25192 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25193 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25194 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25195 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25196 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25197 in the cited portion of the message.
25199 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25200 instead of no action.")
25202 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25204 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25205 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25206 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25207 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25208 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25210 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25212 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25213 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25214 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25215 If a string, that string is inserted.
25216 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25217 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25218 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25219 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25221 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25223 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25224 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25226 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25228 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25229 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25230 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25232 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25233 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25235 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25237 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25238 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25239 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25240 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25242 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25244 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25245 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25246 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25250 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25252 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25255 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25257 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25258 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25259 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25261 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25262 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25264 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25265 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25266 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25267 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25268 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25269 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25270 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25271 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25272 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25273 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25274 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25275 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25276 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25277 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25281 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25282 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25283 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25284 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25286 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25288 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25289 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25290 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25291 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25292 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25293 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25295 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25296 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25297 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25299 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25300 User should not set this variable manually,
25301 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25302 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25303 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25305 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25306 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25307 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25308 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25310 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25311 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25314 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25316 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25317 to move to message header fields:
25320 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25321 when the message is initialized.
25323 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25324 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25326 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25329 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25330 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25332 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25333 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25334 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25335 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25336 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25337 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25338 buffer without erasing the contents.
25340 The second through fifth arguments,
25341 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25342 the initial contents of those header fields.
25343 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25344 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25345 original message being replied to, or else an action
25346 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25347 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25348 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25349 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25350 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25351 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25353 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25356 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25358 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25361 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25363 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25367 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25368 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20172
25370 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25372 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25374 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25376 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25378 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25379 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25380 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25381 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25382 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25383 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25385 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25386 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25388 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25389 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25390 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25392 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25395 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25397 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25398 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25399 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25400 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25402 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25404 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25405 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25406 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25409 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25411 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25413 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25414 Toggle Server mode.
25415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25416 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25417 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25419 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25420 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25421 `server-start' for details.
25423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25425 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25426 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25427 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25429 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25430 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25432 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25436 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20172 54913))
25437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25439 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25440 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25441 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25445 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25446 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25447 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25448 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25454 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25455 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
25456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25458 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25459 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25461 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25464 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25465 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25466 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25468 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25469 in your `.emacs' file.
25471 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25473 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25474 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25479 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25480 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25481 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25482 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25483 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25484 which this is based.
25486 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25488 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25489 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25490 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25491 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25493 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25494 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25495 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25497 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25498 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25499 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25500 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25502 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25503 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25504 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25505 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25507 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25509 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25510 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25511 To work around that, do:
25512 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25520 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25521 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
25522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25523 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25525 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25526 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25527 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25528 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25529 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25530 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25532 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25533 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25534 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25535 shell-specific features.
25537 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25538 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25539 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25541 \\[sh-case] case statement
25542 \\[sh-for] for loop
25543 \\[sh-function] function definition
25544 \\[sh-if] if statement
25545 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25546 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25547 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25548 \\[sh-select] select loop
25549 \\[sh-until] until loop
25550 \\[sh-while] while loop
25552 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25553 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25554 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25555 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25556 would indent to the way it currently is.
25557 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25558 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25561 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25562 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25563 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25564 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25565 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25566 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25568 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25570 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25572 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25573 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25574 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25576 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25577 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25581 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25585 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25586 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25589 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25590 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25592 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25593 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25594 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25596 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25597 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25598 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25599 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25602 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25604 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25606 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25607 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25608 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25610 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25611 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25613 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25614 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25615 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25616 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25617 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25618 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25619 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25622 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25623 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25624 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25625 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25626 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25628 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25629 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25631 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25635 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25636 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25638 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25640 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25641 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25642 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25643 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25644 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25645 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25646 sites in the cluster.
25650 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25651 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25652 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25653 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25654 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25658 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25659 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25660 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25661 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25662 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25663 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25664 `shadow-define-cluster').
25668 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25669 Set up file shadowing.
25675 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25676 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25679 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25680 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25681 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25682 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25683 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25686 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25688 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25689 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25690 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25691 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25692 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25694 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25695 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25696 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25697 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25698 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25699 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25700 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25701 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25702 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25703 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25704 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25706 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25707 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25708 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25709 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25710 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25711 `default-process-coding-system'.
25713 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25714 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25715 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25716 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25720 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25724 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20172
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25728 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25731 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25735 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25736 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20165 31925))
25737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25739 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25742 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25747 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25752 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25756 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25757 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25760 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25761 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25762 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25763 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25764 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25766 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25772 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25776 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25777 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25778 \\{simula-mode-map}
25779 Variables controlling indentation style:
25780 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25781 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25782 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25783 `simula-indent-level'
25784 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25785 `simula-substatement-offset'
25786 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25787 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25788 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25789 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25790 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25791 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25792 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25793 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25794 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25795 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25796 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25797 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25798 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25799 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25800 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25801 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25802 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25803 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25804 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25805 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25806 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25807 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25808 or nil if they should not be changed.
25809 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25810 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25811 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25812 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25814 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25815 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25821 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25822 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25823 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25825 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25826 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25828 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25829 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25830 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25831 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25833 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25835 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25837 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25838 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25839 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25840 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25841 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25843 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25844 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25846 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25848 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25849 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25851 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25852 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25853 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25854 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25856 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25857 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25858 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25859 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25861 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25862 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25863 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25865 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25866 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25868 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25869 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25871 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25872 _ interesting point, interregion here
25873 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25874 interesting point set by _
25875 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25876 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25877 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25878 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25879 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25880 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25883 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25884 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25886 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25887 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25888 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25889 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25890 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25891 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25892 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25893 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25895 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25896 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25897 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25898 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25899 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25902 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25903 then: insert previously read string once more
25904 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25905 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25906 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25908 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25909 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25911 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25913 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25914 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25916 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25917 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25918 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25919 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25920 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25923 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25924 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25925 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25931 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25932 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19946 1612))
25933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25935 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25936 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25937 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25940 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25942 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25943 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25944 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25949 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25950 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25956 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25957 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25960 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25961 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25962 A list of images is returned.
25964 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25966 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25967 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25968 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25974 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25975 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20168 57844))
25976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25978 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25983 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25984 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25990 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25993 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25994 Play the Snake game.
25995 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25997 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25999 Snake mode keybindings:
26001 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26002 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26003 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26004 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26005 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26006 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26007 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26013 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26014 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
26015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26017 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26018 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26019 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26020 Tab indents for C code.
26021 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26022 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26024 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26029 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26030 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26031 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26032 Tab indents for C code.
26033 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26034 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26036 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26037 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26043 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19886
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26047 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26048 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26049 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26050 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26051 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26053 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26059 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20165
26061 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26063 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26066 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26067 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26068 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26069 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26070 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26071 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26072 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26073 check after each move or undo.)
26077 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26078 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26079 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26098 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26099 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26100 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26101 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26103 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26104 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26105 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26108 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26109 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26111 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26127 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26129 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26135 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26136 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26137 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
26138 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26139 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26141 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26142 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26144 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26145 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26146 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26147 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26150 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26151 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26152 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26155 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26156 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26158 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26159 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26160 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26161 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26164 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26165 It should move point to the end of the record.
26167 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26168 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26169 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26170 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26171 starts at the beginning of the record.
26173 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26174 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26177 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26178 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26180 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26182 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26183 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26184 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26185 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26186 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26189 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26191 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26192 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26193 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26194 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26195 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26198 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26200 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26201 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26202 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26203 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26204 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26207 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26208 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26210 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26211 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26212 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26213 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26214 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26215 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26216 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26217 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26218 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26220 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26223 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26224 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26225 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26226 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26227 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26228 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26231 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26234 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26235 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26236 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26237 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26238 is to be used for sorting.
26239 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26240 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26241 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26242 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26243 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26245 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26247 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26250 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26251 starting with the letter \"f\",
26252 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26254 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26257 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26258 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26259 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26260 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26261 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26262 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26265 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26266 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26267 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26268 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26269 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26271 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26274 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26275 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26281 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20167
26283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26285 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26286 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26287 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26288 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26289 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26290 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26292 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26296 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26297 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26298 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20166 16092))
26299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26301 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26302 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26304 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26305 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26306 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26308 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26311 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26312 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26315 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26317 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26318 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26319 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26321 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26323 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26324 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26325 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26326 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26331 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26332 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26333 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26334 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26340 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26341 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20178 7273))
26342 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26344 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26346 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26347 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26348 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26349 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26350 supported at a time.
26351 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26352 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26357 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26358 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26359 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26365 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
26367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26369 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26370 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26374 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26375 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26381 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26382 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26383 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26384 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26385 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
26386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26388 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26389 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26391 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26392 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26393 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26394 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26395 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26396 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26397 of the current highlighting list.
26401 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26402 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26404 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26405 `_t' as data types.
26407 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26409 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26410 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26412 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26413 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26415 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26419 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26423 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26425 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26426 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26428 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26429 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26430 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26431 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26433 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26434 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26435 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26436 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26438 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26439 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26440 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26444 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26445 Major mode to edit SQL.
26447 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26448 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26449 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26452 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26454 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26455 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26456 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26457 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26458 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26459 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26461 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26462 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26464 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26465 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26466 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26468 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26470 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26474 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26475 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26477 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26480 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26481 is specified in the connection settings.
26483 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26486 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26488 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26489 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26491 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26492 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26493 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26494 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26498 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26501 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26508 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26509 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26510 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26515 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26516 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26517 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26520 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26521 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26522 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26523 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26524 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26525 `default-process-coding-system'.
26527 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26529 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26531 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26532 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26539 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26540 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26541 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26543 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26544 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26546 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26547 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26548 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26551 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26552 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26553 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26554 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26555 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26556 `default-process-coding-system'.
26558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26560 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26563 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26570 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26576 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26582 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26585 `default-process-coding-system'.
26587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26592 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26594 SQLite is free software.
26596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26601 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26602 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26603 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26605 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26606 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26608 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26609 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26610 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26613 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26614 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26615 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26616 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26617 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26618 `default-process-coding-system'.
26620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26622 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26624 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26625 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26627 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26629 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26630 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26633 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26634 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26635 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26636 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26642 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26648 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26651 `default-process-coding-system'.
26653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26657 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26658 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26665 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26668 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26669 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26671 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26672 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26673 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26676 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26677 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26678 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26679 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26680 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26681 `default-process-coding-system'.
26683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26685 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26687 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26688 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26690 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26691 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26694 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26695 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26697 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26698 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26700 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26701 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26702 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26705 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26706 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26707 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26708 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26709 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26710 `default-process-coding-system'.
26712 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26714 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26716 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26717 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26719 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26720 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26723 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26724 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26725 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26726 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26728 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26729 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26731 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26732 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26733 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26736 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26737 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26738 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26739 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26740 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26741 `default-process-coding-system'.
26743 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26745 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26747 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26748 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26750 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26751 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26754 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26755 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26756 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26757 `sql-postgres-options'.
26759 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26760 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26762 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26763 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26764 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26767 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26768 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26769 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26770 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26771 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26772 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26773 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26774 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26776 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26777 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26779 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26781 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26783 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26784 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26786 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26787 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26790 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26791 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26794 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26795 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26797 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26798 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26799 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26802 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26803 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26804 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26805 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26806 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26807 `default-process-coding-system'.
26809 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26811 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26813 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26814 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26816 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26817 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26820 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26823 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26826 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26827 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26828 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26829 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26831 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26832 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26833 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26838 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26841 `default-process-coding-system'.
26843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26845 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26847 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26848 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26850 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26851 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26854 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26855 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26856 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26857 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26860 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26861 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26862 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26863 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26866 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26867 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26869 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26870 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26871 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26874 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26880 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26881 ;;;;;; (20160 63745))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26884 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26885 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26889 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26893 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26894 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
26895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26897 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26898 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26899 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26900 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26901 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26902 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26903 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26904 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26905 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26906 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26908 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26909 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26910 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26911 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26913 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26917 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26918 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26919 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26920 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26921 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20127
26923 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26925 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26926 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26927 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26928 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26929 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26930 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26932 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26934 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26937 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26938 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26939 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26940 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26941 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26942 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26944 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26946 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26947 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26948 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26949 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26950 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26951 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26952 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26954 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26956 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26957 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26958 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26960 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26962 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26963 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26964 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26966 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26968 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26969 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26971 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26973 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26974 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26978 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26979 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26983 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26984 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26985 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26986 chronologically by command name.
26987 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26989 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26991 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26992 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26993 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26996 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26998 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27000 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27001 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27003 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27004 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27006 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27007 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27008 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27009 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27010 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27012 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27013 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27014 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27015 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27017 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27021 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27022 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27023 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27024 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27026 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27028 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27029 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27035 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27036 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
27037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27039 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27040 Studlify-case the region.
27042 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27045 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27047 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27049 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27050 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27056 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27057 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27060 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27061 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27063 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27064 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27066 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27067 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27068 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27069 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27071 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27072 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27073 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27075 Nomenclature Subwords
27076 ===========================================================
27077 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27078 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27079 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27081 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27082 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27085 \\{subword-mode-map}
27087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27089 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27090 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27091 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27094 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27096 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27098 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27099 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27100 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27101 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27102 ARG is omitted or nil.
27104 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27105 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27106 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27112 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27113 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
27114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27116 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27117 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27118 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27119 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27120 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27121 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27122 original message but it does require a few things:
27124 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27126 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27129 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27130 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27133 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27135 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27137 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27138 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27139 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27145 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20127
27147 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27151 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27152 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27153 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27154 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27155 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27156 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27158 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27160 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27161 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27162 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27163 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27164 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27166 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27167 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27168 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27174 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19998 49767))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27177 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27178 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27179 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27180 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27181 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27185 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27186 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27187 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27188 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27189 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27190 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27191 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27193 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27197 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27198 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27199 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27200 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27201 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27202 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27203 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27204 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27205 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27206 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27207 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27208 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27209 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20179 28130))
27210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27212 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27213 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27214 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27216 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27218 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27219 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27221 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27223 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27224 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27226 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27228 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27229 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27231 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27233 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27234 Insert an editable text table.
27235 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27236 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27237 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27238 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27239 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27240 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27245 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27247 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27252 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27253 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27254 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27255 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27258 +-----+-----+-----+
27260 +-----+-----+-----+
27262 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27264 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27265 width, which results as
27267 +--------------+-----+-----+
27269 +--------------+-----+-----+
27271 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27272 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27274 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27276 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27278 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27279 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27280 width information to `table-insert'.
27282 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27288 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27291 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27292 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27299 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27304 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27309 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27311 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27314 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27317 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27320 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27321 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27322 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27335 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27338 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27341 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27342 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27343 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27344 | | |expected results.-!- |
27345 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27348 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27350 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27354 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27356 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27357 Insert N table row(s).
27358 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27359 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27360 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27361 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27365 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27366 Insert N table column(s).
27367 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27368 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27369 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27370 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27374 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27375 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27376 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27378 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27380 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27381 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27382 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27383 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27384 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27385 all the table specific features.
27387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27389 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27394 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27395 Recognize all tables within region.
27396 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27397 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27398 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27401 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27403 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27406 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27408 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27409 Recognize a table at point.
27410 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27411 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27412 the table specific features.
27414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27416 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27421 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27422 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27423 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27424 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27425 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27426 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27427 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27429 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27431 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27436 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27437 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27438 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27439 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27440 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27441 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27444 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27446 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27447 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27448 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27449 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27450 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27451 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27452 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27457 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27458 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27459 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27460 table's rectangle structure.
27462 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27464 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27465 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27466 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27467 table's rectangle structure.
27471 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27472 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27473 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27474 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27475 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27477 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27479 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27480 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27481 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27483 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27484 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27485 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27486 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27487 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27488 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27489 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27492 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27493 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27494 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27495 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27496 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27497 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27499 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27500 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27501 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27502 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27503 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27504 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27505 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27506 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27508 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27510 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27511 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27512 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27513 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27517 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27518 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27519 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27521 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27523 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27524 Split current cell vertically.
27525 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27529 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27530 Split current cell horizontally.
27531 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27535 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27536 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27537 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27539 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27541 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27542 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27543 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27544 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27546 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27548 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27549 Justify cell contents.
27550 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27551 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27552 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27553 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27555 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27557 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27558 Justify cells of a row.
27559 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27560 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27562 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27564 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27565 Justify cells of a column.
27566 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27567 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27569 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27571 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27572 Toggle fixing width mode.
27573 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27574 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27575 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27579 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27580 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27581 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27582 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27583 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27584 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27585 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27586 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27587 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27588 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27589 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27591 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27593 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27594 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27595 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27596 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27597 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27598 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27599 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27600 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27601 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27602 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27603 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27604 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27607 References used for this implementation:
27610 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27613 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27615 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27616 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27617 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27619 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27621 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27622 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27623 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27624 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27625 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27626 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27627 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27628 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27629 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27630 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27631 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27632 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27633 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27634 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27635 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27636 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27637 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27642 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27643 (table-forward-cell 15)
27644 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27645 (table-forward-cell 16)
27646 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27647 (table-forward-cell 1)
27648 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27651 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27652 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27653 (table-forward-cell 1)
27654 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27656 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27659 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27660 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27661 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27662 consists from cells of same height.
27666 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27667 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27668 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27669 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27670 column must consists from cells of same width.
27674 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27675 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27676 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27677 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27678 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27679 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27680 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27681 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27682 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27683 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27684 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27685 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27686 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27687 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27688 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27697 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27698 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27699 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27702 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27704 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27706 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27708 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27712 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27713 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27714 of each row is optional.
27719 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27720 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27721 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27722 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27723 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27725 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27726 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27728 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27729 expression and raw delimiter regular
27730 expression, it parses the specified text
27731 area and extracts cell items from
27732 non-table text and then forms a table out
27735 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27736 creates a single cell table. The text in
27737 the specified region is placed in that
27740 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27743 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27744 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27745 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27747 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27748 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27749 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27750 | area and extracts cell items from |
27751 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27754 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27755 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27756 | the specified region is placed in that |
27758 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27760 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27761 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27764 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27765 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27766 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27767 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27768 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27769 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27770 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27771 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27772 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27774 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27775 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27776 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27777 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27779 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27781 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27782 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27783 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27785 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27787 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27788 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27789 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27790 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27791 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27797 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27798 ;;;;;; (20170 13157))
27799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27801 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27802 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27803 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27804 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27806 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27807 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27808 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27809 to their column values.
27811 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27813 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27814 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27815 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27816 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27817 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27818 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27819 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27820 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27822 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27823 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27824 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27825 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27826 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27827 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27829 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27830 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27831 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27832 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27833 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27834 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20141 9296))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27843 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27844 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27846 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27849 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27855 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20161 45793))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27858 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27859 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27860 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27861 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27862 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27863 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27864 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27866 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27867 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27868 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27869 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27871 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27878 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27879 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20164 29468))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27882 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27883 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27884 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27885 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27886 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27887 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27889 Variables controlling indentation style:
27891 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27892 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27893 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27895 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27896 documentation for details):
27897 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27898 Controls action of TAB key.
27900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27901 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27902 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27903 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27904 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27906 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27907 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27912 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27913 Run inferior Tcl process.
27914 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27915 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27919 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27920 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27921 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27923 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27927 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20077 56412))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27930 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27931 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27932 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27933 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27935 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27936 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27937 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27938 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27939 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27941 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27943 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27944 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27945 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27946 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27952 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27953 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
27954 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27956 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27957 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27958 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27959 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27960 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27961 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27963 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27965 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27966 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27967 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27968 commands to use in that buffer.
27970 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27972 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27974 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27975 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27977 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27980 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27981 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27982 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27983 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27984 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27985 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27986 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27987 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27988 use in that buffer.
27989 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27991 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27995 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20167
27997 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27999 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28000 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28001 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28002 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28003 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28004 program as keyboard input.
28006 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28007 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28008 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28009 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28011 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28012 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28013 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28014 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28015 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28017 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28019 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28020 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28021 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28022 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28024 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28025 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28026 subprocess started.
28028 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28033 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28036 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28037 Start coverage on function under point.
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
28044 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28046 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28047 Play the Tetris game.
28048 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28049 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28050 as to form complete rows.
28052 tetris-mode keybindings:
28053 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28054 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28055 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28056 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28057 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28058 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28059 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28060 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28061 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28067 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28068 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28069 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28070 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28071 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28072 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28073 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28074 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28077 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28078 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28080 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28082 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28083 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28084 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28085 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28086 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28088 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28090 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28091 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28092 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28093 if it matches the first line of the file,
28094 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28096 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28098 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28099 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28100 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28101 if the variable is non-nil.")
28103 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28105 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28106 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28108 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28110 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28111 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28112 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28113 See the documentation of that variable.")
28115 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28117 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28118 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28119 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28120 See the documentation of that variable.")
28122 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28124 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28125 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28126 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28127 See the documentation of that variable.")
28129 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28131 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28132 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28133 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28134 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28135 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28137 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28139 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28140 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28141 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28142 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28144 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28146 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28147 User defined LaTeX block names.
28148 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28150 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28152 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28153 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28154 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28155 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28157 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28159 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28160 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28161 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28162 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28164 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28166 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28167 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28168 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28169 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28171 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28172 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28175 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28176 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28178 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28181 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28183 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28184 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28185 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28186 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28187 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28189 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28191 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28193 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28194 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28195 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28197 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28199 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28200 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28201 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28202 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28203 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28205 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28207 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28208 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28210 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28212 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28213 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28215 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28217 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28218 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28219 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28220 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28221 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28222 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28223 says which mode to use.
28227 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28229 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28231 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28233 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28234 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28235 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28236 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28237 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28239 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28240 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28241 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28242 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28243 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28244 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28245 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28247 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28248 mismatched $'s or braces.
28251 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28255 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28257 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28258 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28259 tex-dvi-print-command
28260 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28261 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28262 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28263 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28264 tex-dvi-view-command
28265 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28266 tex-show-queue-command
28267 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28268 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28270 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28271 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28272 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28276 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28277 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28278 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28279 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28280 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28282 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28283 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28284 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28285 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28286 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28287 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28288 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28290 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28291 mismatched $'s or braces.
28298 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28300 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28301 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28302 tex-dvi-print-command
28303 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28304 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28305 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28306 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28307 tex-dvi-view-command
28308 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28309 tex-show-queue-command
28310 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28311 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28313 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28314 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28315 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28319 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28320 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28321 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28322 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28323 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28325 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28326 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28327 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28328 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28329 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28330 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28331 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28333 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28334 mismatched $'s or braces.
28337 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28341 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28343 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28344 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28345 tex-dvi-print-command
28346 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28347 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28348 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28349 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28350 tex-dvi-view-command
28351 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28352 tex-show-queue-command
28353 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28354 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28356 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28357 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28358 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28359 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28363 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28368 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28369 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28375 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28376 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20183 25152))
28377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28379 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28380 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28381 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28382 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28384 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28385 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28386 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28388 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28390 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28391 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28392 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28393 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28394 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28396 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28398 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28399 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28400 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28401 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28403 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28404 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28405 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28406 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28408 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28409 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28411 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28415 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28416 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
28417 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28419 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28420 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28422 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28424 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28425 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28427 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28429 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28430 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28432 It has these extra commands:
28433 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28435 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28436 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28437 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28438 modified version of TeX input format.
28440 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28441 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28442 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28443 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28445 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28446 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28447 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28448 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28449 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28450 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28451 in the Texinfo file.
28453 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28454 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28455 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28456 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28457 move forward past the closing brace.
28459 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28460 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28462 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28463 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28464 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28466 Here are the functions:
28468 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28469 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28470 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28472 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28473 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28474 texinfo-master-menu
28476 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28478 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28479 which menu descriptions are indented.
28481 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28482 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28485 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28486 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28487 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28488 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28490 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28491 be the first node in the file.
28493 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28494 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28500 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28501 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28502 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
28503 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28505 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28506 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28507 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28508 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28512 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28513 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28515 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28517 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28518 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28522 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28525 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28529 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28530 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28531 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19990 55648))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28534 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28535 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28536 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28537 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28538 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28539 `line', and `page'.
28541 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28544 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28545 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28546 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28547 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28548 `line', and `page'.
28550 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28553 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28554 positions of the thing found.
28556 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28558 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28559 Return the THING at point.
28560 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28561 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28562 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28563 `line', and `page'.
28565 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28566 a symbol as a valid THING.
28568 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28570 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28571 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28575 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28576 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28580 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28581 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28585 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28586 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28592 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28593 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28594 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
28595 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28597 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28598 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28602 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28603 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28604 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28605 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28607 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28609 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28610 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28614 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28615 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28619 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28621 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28622 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28629 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28630 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28631 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28632 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20175
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28636 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28637 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28638 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28642 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28643 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28645 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28648 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28649 The returned string has no composition information.
28651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28653 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28654 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28659 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28661 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28663 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28664 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28665 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28666 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28668 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28670 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28671 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28672 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28673 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28675 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28678 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28679 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28683 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28684 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28685 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28689 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28692 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28697 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28699 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28702 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28707 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28710 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28711 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28712 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28713 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28715 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28719 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28720 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28721 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28722 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28724 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28730 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28731 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28732 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20127 62865))
28733 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28735 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28736 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28738 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28739 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28741 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28742 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28743 This display updates automatically every minute.
28744 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28745 are displayed as well.
28746 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28750 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28751 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28752 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28755 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28757 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28759 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28760 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28763 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28765 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28766 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28767 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28768 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28769 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28773 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28774 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28775 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28776 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28780 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28781 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28782 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28783 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28785 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28787 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28788 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28794 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28795 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28796 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28797 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28798 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28799 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28801 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28802 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28803 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28805 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28806 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28807 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28808 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28810 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28811 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28812 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28814 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28815 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28817 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28819 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28820 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28822 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28825 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28827 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28830 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28831 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28833 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28835 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28837 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28838 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28839 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28841 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28843 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28844 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28846 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28848 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28849 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28850 DATE should be a date-time string.
28852 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28854 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28855 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28856 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28858 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28860 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28861 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28863 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28866 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28868 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28871 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28872 TIME should be a time value.
28873 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28875 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28877 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28878 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28879 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28881 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28883 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28884 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28885 The valid format specifiers are:
28886 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28887 %d is the number of days.
28888 %h is the number of hours.
28889 %m is the number of minutes.
28890 %s is the number of seconds.
28891 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28892 %% is a literal \"%\".
28894 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28895 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28897 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28898 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28899 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28901 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28902 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28903 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28905 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28907 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28912 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20033 22846))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28914 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28915 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28916 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28917 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28918 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28919 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28920 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28921 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28923 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28924 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28925 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28926 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28927 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28928 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28929 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28930 look like one of the following:
28933 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28934 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28935 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28936 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28937 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28938 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28939 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28944 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28945 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28946 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28952 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28953 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28954 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28955 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28956 ;;;;;; (20165 31925))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28959 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28960 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28961 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28962 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28963 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28964 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28965 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28966 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28967 display (non-nil means on).
28969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28971 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28972 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28973 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28974 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28975 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28976 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28977 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28978 this function is called within a day.
28980 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28981 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28982 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28983 discover the name of the project.
28985 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28987 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28988 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28989 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28990 begun during the last time segment.
28992 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28993 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28994 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28995 discover the reason.
28997 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28999 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29000 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29001 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29002 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29003 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29005 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29007 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29008 Change to working on a different project.
29009 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29010 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29011 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29014 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29016 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29017 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29018 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29022 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29023 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29024 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29028 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29029 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29030 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29031 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29032 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29033 \"relative to today\".
29035 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29037 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29038 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29039 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29040 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29042 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29044 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29045 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29046 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29047 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29048 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29049 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29051 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29055 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29056 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20175 31160))
29057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29059 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29060 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29061 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29062 the generated Quail package is saved.
29064 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29066 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29067 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29068 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29069 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29070 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29071 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29072 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29079 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20163 39903))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29081 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29082 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29084 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29085 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29086 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29087 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29088 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29090 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29092 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29093 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29094 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29095 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29096 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29098 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29100 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29101 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29102 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29103 in the menu in two ways:
29104 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29105 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29106 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29108 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29109 keymap or an alist of alists.
29110 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29111 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29113 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29117 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29118 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29119 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20168 57844))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29122 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29123 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29125 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29127 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29128 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29130 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29133 Insert new TODO list entry.
29134 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29139 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29140 List top priorities for each category.
29142 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29143 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29145 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29146 between each category.
29147 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29149 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29151 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29152 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29153 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29154 between each category.
29156 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29158 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29160 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29161 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29165 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29166 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29170 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29177 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29178 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29179 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20127 62865))
29180 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29182 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29183 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29184 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29188 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29189 Add an item to the tool bar.
29190 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29191 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29192 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29193 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29195 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29196 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29197 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29198 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29200 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29201 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29203 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29206 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29207 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29208 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29209 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29210 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29212 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29213 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29214 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29215 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29217 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29220 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29221 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29222 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29223 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29224 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29225 properties to add to the binding.
29227 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29229 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29230 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29232 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29235 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29236 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29237 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29238 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29239 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29240 properties to add to the binding.
29242 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29245 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29249 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29250 ;;;;;; (20141 9296))
29251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29253 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29254 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29255 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29257 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29258 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29260 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29262 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29267 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29269 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29270 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29276 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29277 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29280 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29281 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29283 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29284 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29285 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29286 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29287 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29289 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29290 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29291 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29292 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29293 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29295 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29300 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29301 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29302 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29303 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29304 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29305 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29311 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
29312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29314 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29315 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29316 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29317 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29318 to a tcp server on another machine.
29320 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29324 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29325 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
29326 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29328 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29329 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29331 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29333 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29334 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29335 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29336 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29337 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29338 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29339 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29340 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29342 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29344 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29345 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29346 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29347 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29348 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29349 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29350 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29351 the window or buffer configuration.
29353 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29355 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29359 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29360 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29361 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29362 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20179 28130))
29363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29365 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29366 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29367 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29369 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29371 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29372 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29374 It can have the following values:
29376 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29377 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29378 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29380 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29382 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29383 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29384 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29385 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29387 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29389 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29390 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29391 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29392 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29394 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29395 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29396 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29398 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29399 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29400 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29401 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29402 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29403 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29404 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29405 files which are not really Tramp files.
29407 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29408 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29409 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29410 updated after changing this variable.
29412 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29414 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29415 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29416 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29417 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29419 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29421 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29422 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29423 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29424 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29426 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29427 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29428 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29430 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29431 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29432 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29434 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29435 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29436 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29437 updated after changing this variable.
29439 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29441 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29442 Alist of completion handler functions.
29443 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29444 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29445 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29447 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29448 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29449 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29450 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29452 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29453 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29454 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29455 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29457 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29458 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29459 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29461 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29463 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29464 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29465 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29467 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29468 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29470 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29472 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29477 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29478 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29480 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29482 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29483 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29485 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29487 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29488 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29494 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29495 ;;;;;; (19946 29209))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29498 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29505 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20176
29507 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29509 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29510 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29511 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29512 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29513 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29514 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29515 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29516 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29518 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29519 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29520 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29522 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29523 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29526 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29530 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29531 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29532 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29534 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29537 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29541 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29542 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20141 9296))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29544 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29545 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29546 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29548 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29549 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29550 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29551 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29552 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29553 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29554 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29558 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29559 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29560 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29561 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29563 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29567 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29568 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29569 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29570 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29571 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29572 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29573 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29575 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29576 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29578 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29581 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29583 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29589 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29590 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29591 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29592 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29593 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29596 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29597 Toggle typing break mode.
29598 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29600 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29602 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29604 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29605 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29607 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29609 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29610 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29612 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29613 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29614 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29616 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29617 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29619 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29621 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29622 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29624 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29625 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29626 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29627 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29629 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29631 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29632 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29633 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29635 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29636 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29637 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29638 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29639 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29640 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29642 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29643 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29644 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29645 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29647 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29648 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29650 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29651 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29653 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29655 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29656 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29657 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29659 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29660 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29661 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29662 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29663 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29664 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29665 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29667 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29668 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29670 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29671 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29672 reset the keystroke counter.
29674 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29675 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29676 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29677 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29679 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29680 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29681 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29682 `type-break-schedule' command.
29684 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29685 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29686 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29687 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29688 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29689 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29690 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29691 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29692 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29694 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29695 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29696 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29697 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29698 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29700 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29701 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29702 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29703 approximate good values for this.
29705 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29706 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29708 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29709 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29710 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29711 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29712 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29713 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29715 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29716 a typing break occur. They include:
29718 `type-break-query-mode'
29719 `type-break-query-function'
29720 `type-break-query-interval'
29722 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29724 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29725 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29726 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29729 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29731 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29732 Take a typing break.
29734 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29735 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29737 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29738 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29742 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29743 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29744 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29745 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29749 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29750 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29752 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29753 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29754 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29755 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29756 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29757 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29758 average typing speed.)
29760 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29761 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29762 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29763 the computed maximum threshold.
29765 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29766 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29767 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29768 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29769 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29771 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29775 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29776 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29778 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29779 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29780 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29781 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29782 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29784 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29788 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29789 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29790 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29791 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29792 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29793 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20052 53218))
29794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29796 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29797 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29801 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29802 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29804 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29806 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29807 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29809 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29811 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29812 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29816 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29817 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29819 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29821 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29822 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29824 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29826 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29827 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29829 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29831 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29832 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29834 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29836 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29837 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29839 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29841 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29842 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29844 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29846 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29847 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29849 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29851 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29852 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29854 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29858 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29859 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29862 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29863 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29864 Works by overstriking underscores.
29865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29866 which specify the range to operate on.
29868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29870 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29871 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29872 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29873 which specify the range to operate on.
29875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29879 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29880 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
29881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29883 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29884 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29885 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29886 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29887 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29888 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29892 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29893 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29895 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29899 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29903 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29904 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29905 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29906 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29908 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29912 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29913 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20162 19074))
29914 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29916 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29917 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29918 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29920 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29921 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29922 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29923 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29924 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29925 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29927 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29928 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29929 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29931 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29932 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29933 the callback is not called).
29935 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29936 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29937 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29940 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29942 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29944 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29945 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29946 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29947 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29948 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29954 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29955 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29956 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29958 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29959 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29960 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29962 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29963 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29964 `url-generic-parse-url'
29965 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29966 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29967 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29969 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29970 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29971 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29972 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29973 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29974 what type of auth to use
29975 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29976 if one cannot be found in the cache
29978 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29980 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29981 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29983 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29984 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29985 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29986 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29987 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29988 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29989 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29990 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29992 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29997 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19988 13913))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30000 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30001 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30003 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30005 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30006 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30007 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30009 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30011 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30012 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30014 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30018 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
30019 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30021 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30028 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30029 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20168 57844))
30030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30032 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30035 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30037 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30044 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30048 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30049 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30051 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30055 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30056 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
30057 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30059 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30060 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30064 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30065 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30066 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30067 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30068 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30070 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30074 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30075 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30076 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
30077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30079 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30080 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30081 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30084 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30086 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30088 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30089 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30096 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30097 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30098 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30099 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30101 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30103 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30104 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30105 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30106 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30107 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30108 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30109 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30110 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30111 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30112 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30114 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30116 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30117 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30118 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30121 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30123 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30126 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30130 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30131 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20167 36967))
30132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30134 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30135 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30136 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30137 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30138 CBARGS as the arguments.
30140 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30142 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30147 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30149 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30152 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30154 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30155 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30156 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30158 Property list members:
30161 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30165 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30169 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30172 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30175 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30176 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30177 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30180 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30182 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30183 Default HTTPS port.")
30185 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30186 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30187 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30189 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30190 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30191 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30192 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30193 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30197 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
30198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30200 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30203 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30207 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20164
30209 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30211 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30212 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30213 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30214 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30215 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30217 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30221 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30222 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30223 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30225 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30228 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30230 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30231 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30233 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30237 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30238 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30241 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30242 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30244 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30246 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30247 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30249 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30251 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30256 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30258 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30260 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30262 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30263 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30265 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30269 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30270 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30273 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30276 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30278 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30281 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30285 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30286 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30287 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30288 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30290 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30293 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30295 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30298 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30300 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30303 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30305 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30308 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30310 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30313 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30315 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30318 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30320 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30323 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30327 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30328 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
30329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30331 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30332 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30334 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30336 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30337 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30338 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30339 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30345 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30346 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30347 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30349 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30350 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30356 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30357 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
30358 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30360 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30361 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30362 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30363 controls the level of parallelism via the
30364 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30366 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30370 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30371 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30372 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30373 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30374 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30375 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30376 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
30377 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30379 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30380 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30381 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30383 If t, all messages will be logged.
30384 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30385 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30387 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30389 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30392 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30394 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30397 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30399 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30400 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30401 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30402 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30403 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30409 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30411 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30412 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30413 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30415 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30417 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30418 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30419 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30421 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30423 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30424 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30426 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30428 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30429 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30433 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30434 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30438 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30443 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30446 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30448 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30451 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30453 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30455 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30456 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30458 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30460 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30461 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30463 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30465 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30468 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30470 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30471 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30472 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30473 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30474 forbidden in URL encoding.
30476 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30478 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30479 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30480 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30481 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30482 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30483 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30485 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30487 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30488 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30489 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30490 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30492 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30494 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30495 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30496 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30498 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30500 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30501 View the current document's URL.
30502 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30505 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30507 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30511 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30512 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
30513 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30515 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30516 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30517 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30518 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30519 to refrain from editing the file
30520 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30521 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30522 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30523 in any way you like.
30525 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30527 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30528 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30529 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30530 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30531 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30533 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30534 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30540 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30541 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30542 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
30543 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30545 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30548 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30550 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30553 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30555 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30558 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30560 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30563 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30567 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30570 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30571 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30573 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30577 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30578 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30579 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30582 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30583 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30584 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30585 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30587 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30589 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30590 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30591 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30593 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30595 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30596 Uudecode region between START and END.
30597 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30599 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30603 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30604 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30605 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30606 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30607 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30608 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30609 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20172
30611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30613 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30614 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30617 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30619 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30620 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30621 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30623 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30625 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30626 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30629 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30631 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30632 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30633 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30635 For locking systems:
30636 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30638 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30639 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30640 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30641 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30642 it performs a revert on that file.
30643 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30644 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30645 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30646 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30647 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30648 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30649 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30651 For merging systems:
30652 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30653 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30654 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30655 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30656 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30657 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30658 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30659 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30660 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30662 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30664 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30665 Register into a version control system.
30666 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30667 Otherwise register the current file.
30668 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30669 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30671 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30672 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30673 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30674 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30675 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30676 first backend that could register the file is used.
30678 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30680 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30681 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30683 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30685 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30686 Display diffs between file revisions.
30687 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30688 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30689 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30691 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30694 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30696 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30697 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30698 repository history using ediff.
30700 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30702 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30703 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30704 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30705 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30706 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30708 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30711 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30713 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30714 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30715 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30716 fileset with the working revision.
30717 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30718 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30720 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30723 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30725 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30726 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30727 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30728 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30732 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30733 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30734 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30735 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30739 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30740 Perform a version control merge operation.
30741 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30742 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30743 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30745 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30746 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30747 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30748 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30749 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30750 changes from the current branch.
30754 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30756 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30757 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30758 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30759 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30760 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30761 checked out in that new branch.
30763 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30765 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30766 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30767 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30768 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30769 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30770 allowed and simply skipped).
30772 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30774 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30775 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30776 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30777 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30778 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30780 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30781 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30783 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30785 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30786 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30787 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30788 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30789 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30791 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30793 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30794 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30795 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30797 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30799 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30800 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30801 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30803 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30805 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30806 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30807 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30808 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30812 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30813 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30814 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30815 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30819 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30821 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30822 Update the current fileset or branch.
30823 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30824 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30825 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30827 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30828 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30829 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30830 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30831 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30835 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30837 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30838 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30839 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30840 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30841 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30842 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30843 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30845 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30847 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30848 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30849 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30850 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30851 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30852 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30853 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30854 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30855 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30857 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30859 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30860 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30864 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30865 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30867 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30869 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30870 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30871 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30874 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30876 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30877 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30878 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30880 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30881 log entries should be gathered.
30883 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30885 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30886 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30888 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30892 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30893 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30896 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30897 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30899 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30900 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30901 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30902 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30903 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30904 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30906 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30907 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30908 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30909 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30910 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30911 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30912 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30913 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30915 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30917 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30919 Customization variables:
30921 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30922 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30923 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30924 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30926 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20168 57844))
30931 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30932 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30933 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30936 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20174 10230))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30943 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30944 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30946 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30947 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30948 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30949 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30952 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20174 10230))
30957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30958 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30959 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30960 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30961 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30963 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30967 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20168 57844))
30968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30970 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30971 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30972 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30973 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30974 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30976 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30977 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30978 The file lines appear later.
30980 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30981 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30983 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30985 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30987 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30991 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30995 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30996 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30997 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30998 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30999 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31000 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31001 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31002 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31003 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31004 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31005 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31006 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31007 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31008 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31009 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31011 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20087 5852))
31016 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31017 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31018 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31019 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31022 (vc-git-registered file))))
31026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
31027 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31028 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31029 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31030 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31033 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20174 10230))
31038 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31040 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31041 Name of the monotone directory.")
31043 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31044 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31045 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31046 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31049 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31053 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31054 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
31055 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31057 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31058 Where to look for RCS master files.
31059 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31061 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31063 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31067 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31068 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31071 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31072 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31073 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31075 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31076 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31078 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31079 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31080 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31081 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20162 19074))
31086 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31087 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31088 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31089 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31092 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31094 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31098 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31099 ;;;;;; (20131 59880))
31100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31101 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31103 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31104 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31109 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31110 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31111 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31112 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31114 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31115 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31116 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31119 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31120 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31122 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31123 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31125 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31126 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31127 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31129 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31135 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31136 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31138 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31140 Official distribution is at
31141 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31144 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31145 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31156 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31157 ;;;;;; (20183 25152))
31158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31160 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31161 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31162 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31163 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31164 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31166 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31168 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31169 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31171 Supports highlighting.
31173 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31174 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31176 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31178 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31179 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31180 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31181 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31182 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31183 on the left side of your screen.
31184 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31185 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31186 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31187 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31188 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31189 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31191 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31192 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31193 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31194 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31197 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31198 Indentation for case statements.
31199 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31200 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31202 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31203 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31204 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31205 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31206 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31207 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31208 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31209 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31210 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31212 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31216 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31217 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31218 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31219 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31220 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31221 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31222 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31223 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31224 comments in tight quarters.
31225 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31226 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31228 Variables controlling other actions:
31230 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31231 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31232 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31234 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31236 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31238 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31239 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31240 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31242 Some other functions are:
31244 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31245 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31246 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31247 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31248 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31250 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31251 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31252 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31253 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31255 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31256 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31257 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31258 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31259 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31260 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31261 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31262 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31263 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31264 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31265 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31266 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31267 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31268 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31269 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31270 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31271 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31272 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31273 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31274 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31275 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31276 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31277 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31278 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31279 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31280 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31281 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31282 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31283 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31284 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31286 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31287 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31289 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31295 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31296 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
31297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31299 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31300 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31305 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31306 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31307 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31308 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31309 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31310 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31311 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31312 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31313 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31315 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31316 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31317 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31318 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31320 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31321 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31322 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31323 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31324 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31326 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31327 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31331 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31332 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31333 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31337 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31338 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31339 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31340 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31342 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31343 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31344 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31345 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31346 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31350 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31351 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31352 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31353 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31355 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31356 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31357 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31358 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31359 beginning with \"std\").
31361 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31362 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31363 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31368 `--' puts a single comment.
31369 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31370 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31371 with a comment in between.
31372 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31373 out following lines.
31374 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31375 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31377 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31378 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31379 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31380 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31381 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31384 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31385 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31386 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31387 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31388 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31389 multi-line comments.
31393 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31394 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31395 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31396 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31398 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31399 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31400 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31401 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31403 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31404 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31407 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31408 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31412 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31413 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31414 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31415 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31416 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31417 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31418 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31419 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31421 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31422 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31423 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31424 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31425 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31428 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31429 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31430 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31432 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31433 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31437 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31438 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31439 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31440 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31441 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31442 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31445 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31446 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31447 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31448 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31451 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31455 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31456 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31457 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31458 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31459 internal signal initializations (menu).
31461 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31462 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31463 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31465 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31466 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31467 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31468 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31469 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31470 in subsequent paste operations.)
31472 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31473 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31474 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31477 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31478 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31479 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31480 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31481 association list with formals).
31484 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31485 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31486 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31487 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31488 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31489 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31490 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31491 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31496 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31500 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31504 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31505 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31506 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31508 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31509 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31512 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31513 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31514 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31515 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31517 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31518 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31519 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31521 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31522 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31523 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31524 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31526 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31527 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31528 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31529 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31530 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31532 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31533 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31534 required by secondary units.
31537 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31538 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31539 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31540 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31541 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31542 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31543 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31544 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31545 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31546 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31547 inputs to this component -> input port created
31548 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31549 outputs from this component -> output port created
31550 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31551 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31553 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31554 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31555 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31556 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31557 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31559 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31560 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31562 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31563 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31564 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31565 component instantiation is also supported (option
31566 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31568 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31569 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31570 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31571 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31572 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31573 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31574 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31575 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31576 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31577 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31578 | generating the configuration.
31580 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31581 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31582 | configurations in speedbar.
31584 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31587 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31588 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31589 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31590 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31591 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31592 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31593 information. New compilers can be added.
31595 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31596 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31599 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31600 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31601 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31602 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31603 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31605 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31608 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31609 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31610 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31612 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31613 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31614 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31615 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31616 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31617 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31618 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31621 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31622 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31623 not (yet) supported.
31624 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31625 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31626 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31630 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31631 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31632 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31633 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31634 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31635 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31636 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31637 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31639 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31640 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31641 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31642 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31643 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31644 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31645 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31646 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31647 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31648 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31649 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31653 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31654 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31655 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31656 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31657 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31658 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31659 current directory for VHDL source files.
31663 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31664 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31668 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31669 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31670 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31671 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31672 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31673 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31674 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31675 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31678 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31679 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31680 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31681 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31682 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31683 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31684 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31686 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31687 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31688 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31689 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31690 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31691 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31693 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31694 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31695 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31696 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31697 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31700 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31701 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31702 highlighted if written in lower case.
31704 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31705 highlighted using a different background color if option
31706 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31708 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31709 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31710 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31711 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31712 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31716 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31717 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31718 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31722 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31723 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31724 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31725 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31726 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31730 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31731 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31733 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31734 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31735 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31736 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31737 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31738 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31739 (used to obtain the port names).
31743 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31744 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31748 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31749 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31750 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31751 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31752 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31753 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31754 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31759 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31760 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31761 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31762 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31763 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31765 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31766 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31767 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31768 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31769 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31772 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31773 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31777 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31778 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31779 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31781 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31785 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31786 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31788 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31790 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31792 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31796 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31802 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31803 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31805 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31807 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31808 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31809 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31810 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31812 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31813 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31814 where the latest version can be found.
31820 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31821 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31822 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31825 The VHDL Mode Authors
31826 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31837 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20104 14925))
31838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31840 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31841 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31842 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31843 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31845 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31846 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31847 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31848 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31849 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31851 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31852 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31854 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31856 * Limitations and unsupported features
31857 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31859 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31860 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31863 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31864 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31865 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31866 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31867 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31868 for undoing a repeated change command.
31869 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31870 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31871 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31874 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31875 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31876 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31877 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31878 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31879 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31880 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31881 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31883 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31889 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31890 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31891 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31892 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31893 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31895 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31896 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31898 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31900 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31901 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31902 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31903 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31907 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31908 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31912 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31913 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31914 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31915 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31917 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31919 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31920 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31924 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31927 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31929 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31936 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31937 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31938 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31939 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31940 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20174 10230))
31941 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31943 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31944 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31945 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31947 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31949 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31950 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31951 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31952 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31954 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31956 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31957 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31959 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31961 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31962 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31963 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31964 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31965 moving around in the buffer.
31966 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31967 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31969 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31973 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31974 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31975 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31976 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31978 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31979 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31980 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31981 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31982 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31984 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31988 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31989 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31990 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31991 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31994 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31995 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31996 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31997 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31998 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32000 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32004 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32005 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32006 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32007 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32008 moving around in the buffer.
32009 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32010 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32012 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32014 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32015 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32016 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32018 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32019 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32020 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32021 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32023 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32025 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32026 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32027 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32028 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32029 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32030 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32031 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32033 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32035 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32037 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32038 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32039 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32041 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32043 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32044 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32045 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32046 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32047 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32048 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32049 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32051 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32053 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32055 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32056 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32057 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32059 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32061 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32062 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32064 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32065 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32067 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32068 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32069 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32070 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32074 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32075 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32076 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32077 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32078 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32079 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32080 to a repeat count of one.
32082 H, h, ? This message.
32083 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32084 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32085 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32086 > move to the end of buffer.
32087 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32088 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32089 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32090 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32091 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32092 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32093 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32094 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32095 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32096 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32097 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32098 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32099 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32100 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32101 Use this to view a changing file.
32102 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32103 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32104 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32106 x exchanges point and mark.
32107 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32108 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32109 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32110 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32111 ' go to position saved in character register.
32112 s do forward incremental search.
32113 r do reverse incremental search.
32114 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32115 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32116 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32117 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32118 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32119 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32120 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32121 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32122 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32123 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32124 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32125 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32126 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32127 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32128 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32129 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32130 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32132 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32133 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32134 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32135 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32136 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32137 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32138 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32139 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32140 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32142 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32146 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32147 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32148 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32149 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32150 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
32151 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32152 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32153 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32154 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32156 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32158 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32159 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32160 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32161 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32162 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32163 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32165 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32166 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32167 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32169 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32171 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32173 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32175 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32176 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32182 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20141
32184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32186 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32187 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32191 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32192 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32198 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32199 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
32200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32202 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32203 Toggle Viper on/off.
32204 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32208 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32209 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32215 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32216 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
32217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32219 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32220 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32221 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32222 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32223 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32224 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32225 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32226 the beginning of the warning.")
32228 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32229 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32230 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32231 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32232 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32233 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32234 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32235 also call that function before the next warning.")
32237 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32238 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32240 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32241 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32242 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32243 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32245 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32246 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32247 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32248 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32249 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32250 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32252 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32253 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32254 Default is :warning.
32256 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32257 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32258 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32259 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32260 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32261 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32263 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32264 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32265 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32267 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32269 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32270 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32272 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32274 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32275 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32276 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32277 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32279 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32280 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32281 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32282 can be whatever you like.)
32284 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32285 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32287 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32288 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32289 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32290 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32291 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32293 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32295 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32296 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32297 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32298 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32299 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32301 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32305 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32306 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
32307 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32309 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32310 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32311 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32312 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32313 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32322 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20159 42847))
32323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32325 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32326 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32328 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32331 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32338 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32339 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
32340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32341 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32342 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32344 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32346 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32347 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32348 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32351 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32353 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32355 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32356 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32361 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32362 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32363 in certain major modes.
32365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32369 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32370 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32371 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32372 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20176 51947))
32373 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32375 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32376 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32378 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32379 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32381 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32382 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32386 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32387 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32389 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32390 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32392 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32393 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32394 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32395 use `whitespace-mode'.
32397 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32401 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32402 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32403 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32406 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32408 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32410 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32411 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32413 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32414 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32416 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32417 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32421 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32422 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32423 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32426 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32428 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32430 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32431 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32433 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32434 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32436 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32437 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32438 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32439 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32441 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32445 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32446 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32448 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32449 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32451 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32452 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32454 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32458 f toggle face visualization
32459 t toggle TAB visualization
32460 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32461 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32462 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32463 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32464 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32465 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32466 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32467 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32468 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32469 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32470 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32471 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32472 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32473 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32474 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32476 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32477 T toggle TAB visualization
32478 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32479 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32481 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32482 ? display brief help
32484 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32485 The valid symbols are:
32487 face toggle face visualization
32488 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32489 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32490 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32491 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32492 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32493 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32494 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32495 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32496 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32497 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32498 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32499 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32500 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32501 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32502 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32503 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32505 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32506 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32507 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32509 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32511 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32515 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32516 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32518 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32519 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32521 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32522 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32524 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32528 f toggle face visualization
32529 t toggle TAB visualization
32530 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32531 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32532 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32533 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32534 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32535 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32536 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32537 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32538 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32539 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32540 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32541 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32542 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32543 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32544 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32546 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32547 T toggle TAB visualization
32548 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32549 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32551 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32552 ? display brief help
32554 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32555 The valid symbols are:
32557 face toggle face visualization
32558 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32559 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32560 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32561 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32562 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32563 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32564 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32565 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32566 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32567 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32568 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32569 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32570 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32571 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32572 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32573 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32575 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32576 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32577 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32579 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32581 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32585 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32586 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32588 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32589 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32590 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32591 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32592 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32594 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32596 The problems cleaned up are:
32598 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32599 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32600 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32601 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32603 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32604 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32605 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32606 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32609 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32610 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32611 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32613 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32614 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32615 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32616 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32617 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32618 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32619 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32620 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32622 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32623 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32624 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32626 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32627 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32628 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32629 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32631 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32632 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32633 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32635 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32640 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32641 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32643 The problems cleaned up are:
32645 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32646 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32647 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32648 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32650 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32651 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32652 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32653 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32655 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32656 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32657 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32658 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32659 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32660 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32661 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32662 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32664 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32665 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32666 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32668 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32669 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32670 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32671 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32672 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32673 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32674 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32675 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32677 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32680 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32682 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32683 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32685 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32688 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32689 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32690 `whitespace-style' to have:
32698 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32699 whitespace problems in buffer.
32701 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32703 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32704 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32705 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32706 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32707 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32708 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32709 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32711 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32712 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32713 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32714 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32715 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32716 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32717 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32719 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32720 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32721 cleaning up these problems.
32723 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32725 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32726 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32728 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32731 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32732 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32733 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32741 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32742 whitespace problems in buffer.
32744 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32746 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32747 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32748 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32749 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32750 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32751 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32752 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32754 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32755 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32756 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32757 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32758 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32759 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32760 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32762 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32763 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32764 cleaning up these problems.
32766 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32770 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32771 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20127 62865))
32772 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32774 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32775 Browse the widget under point.
32779 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32780 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32782 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32784 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32785 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32787 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32789 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32790 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32796 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32797 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20162
32799 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32801 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32802 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32804 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32806 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32807 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32808 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32810 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32812 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32813 Create widget of TYPE.
32814 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32816 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32818 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32821 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32823 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32824 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32826 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32828 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32829 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32830 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32831 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32833 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32834 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32840 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32841 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20161
32843 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32845 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32846 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32847 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32848 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32849 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32850 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32851 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32855 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32856 Select the window above the current one.
32857 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32858 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32859 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32860 negative ARG) of the current window.
32861 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32865 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32866 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32867 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32868 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32869 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32870 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32871 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32875 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32876 Select the window below the current one.
32877 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32878 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32879 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32880 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32881 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32885 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32886 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32887 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32888 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32890 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32894 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32895 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
32896 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32898 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32899 Toggle Winner mode.
32900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32901 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32903 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32905 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32906 Toggle Winner mode.
32907 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32913 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32914 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20168 57844))
32915 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32917 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32918 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32919 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32920 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32921 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32923 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32925 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32926 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32927 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32928 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32929 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32930 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32931 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32932 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32934 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32935 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32937 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32939 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32940 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32944 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32945 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32946 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32947 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32948 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32949 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32950 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32951 `woman' command for further details.
32953 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32955 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32956 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32958 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32962 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32963 ;;;;;; (20141 9296))
32964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32966 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32967 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32970 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32971 are not implemented
32972 - Options for search and replace
32973 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32974 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32976 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32979 The key bindings are:
32989 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32991 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32992 C-l ws-repeat-search
32995 C-r scroll-down-line
33002 C-y kill-complete-line
33005 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33006 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33007 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33008 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33009 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33010 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33011 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33012 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33013 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33014 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33015 C-k b ws-begin-block
33016 C-k c ws-copy-block
33017 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33019 C-k h ws-show-markers
33020 C-k i ws-indent-block
33022 C-k p ws-print-block
33025 C-k s save-some-buffers
33027 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33028 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33029 C-k v ws-move-block
33030 C-k w ws-write-block
33032 C-k y ws-delete-block
33034 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33035 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33036 C-o j justify-current-line
33039 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33040 C-o r set-fill-column
33041 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33042 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33043 C-o wh split-window-right
33044 C-o wo other-window
33045 C-o wv split-window-below
33047 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33048 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33049 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33050 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33051 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33052 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33053 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33054 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33055 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33056 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33057 C-q a ws-query-replace
33058 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33059 C-q c end-of-buffer
33062 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33064 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33065 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33066 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33067 C-q w ws-last-error
33069 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33075 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20175 31160))
33076 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33078 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33079 Perform an interactive search.
33080 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33081 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33082 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33083 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33085 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33088 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33090 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33094 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33095 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
33096 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33098 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33099 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33100 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33101 Returns the top node with all its children.
33102 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33103 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33105 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33107 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33108 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33109 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33110 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33111 is not well-formed XML.
33112 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33113 and returned as the first element of the list.
33114 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33116 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33120 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33121 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
33122 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33124 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33125 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33126 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33127 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33128 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33129 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33130 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33131 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33132 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33133 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33135 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33139 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20127
33141 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33143 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33144 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33145 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33148 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33150 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33152 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33153 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33158 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33159 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33160 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33161 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33162 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33163 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33169 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33170 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
33171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33173 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33174 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33178 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33179 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33185 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33186 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
33187 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33189 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33190 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33192 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33194 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33195 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33197 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33199 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33200 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33201 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33203 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33205 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33206 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33212 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
33213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33215 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33216 Zone out, completely.
33222 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33223 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33224 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33225 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33226 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33227 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33228 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33229 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33230 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33231 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33232 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33233 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33234 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33235 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33236 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33237 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33238 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33239 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33240 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33241 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33242 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33243 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33244 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33245 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33246 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33247 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33248 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33249 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33250 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33251 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33252 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33253 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33254 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33255 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
33256 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33276 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33277 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33278 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33281 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33282 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33283 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33284 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33285 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33286 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33287 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33289 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33290 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33291 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33292 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33293 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33294 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33295 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33296 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33297 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33298 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
33299 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33300 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33301 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33302 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
33303 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33308 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33309 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33310 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33311 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33312 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33313 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33314 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33315 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33316 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33317 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33318 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33319 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33320 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33321 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33322 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33323 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33324 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33325 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33326 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33327 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33328 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33329 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33330 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33331 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33332 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33333 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33334 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33335 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33336 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33337 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33338 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33339 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33340 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33341 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33342 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33343 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33344 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33345 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33346 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33347 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33348 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33349 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33350 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33351 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33352 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33353 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33354 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33355 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33356 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33357 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33358 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33359 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33360 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33361 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33362 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33363 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33364 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33365 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33366 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33367 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33368 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33369 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33370 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33371 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33372 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33373 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33374 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33375 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33376 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33377 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33378 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33379 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33380 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33381 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33382 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33383 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33384 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
33385 ;;;;;; "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
33386 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
33387 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
33388 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33389 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33390 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
33391 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
33392 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33393 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33394 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33395 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33396 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33397 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33398 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33399 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33400 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33401 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
33402 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
33403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
33404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
33405 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
33406 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
33407 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33408 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33410 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33411 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33412 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33413 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33414 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33415 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33416 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33417 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33418 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33419 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33420 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33421 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33422 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33423 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20183
33424 ;;;;;; 25444 347950))
33428 (provide 'loaddefs)
33429 ;; Local Variables:
33430 ;; version-control: never
33431 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33432 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33435 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here